[Pkg-octave-commit] [octave] 03/03: d/p/dont-use-included-texinfo-texmfcnf.patch: Drop patch (applied upstream)
Rafael Laboissière
rlaboiss-guest at moszumanska.debian.org
Tue Dec 22 22:53:44 UTC 2015
This is an automated email from the git hooks/post-receive script.
rlaboiss-guest pushed a commit to branch master
in repository octave.
commit 0c49fae31934cc0a54f07ee5038fbead2ca05f62
Author: Rafael Laboissiere <rafael at laboissiere.net>
Date: Tue Dec 22 13:17:16 2015 -0200
d/p/dont-use-included-texinfo-texmfcnf.patch: Drop patch (applied upstream)
---
.../dont-use-included-texinfo-texmfcnf.patch | 9071 --------------------
debian/patches/series | 2 +-
2 files changed, 1 insertion(+), 9072 deletions(-)
diff --git a/debian/patches/dont-use-included-texinfo-texmfcnf.patch b/debian/patches/dont-use-included-texinfo-texmfcnf.patch
deleted file mode 100644
index f469d3b..0000000
--- a/debian/patches/dont-use-included-texinfo-texmfcnf.patch
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9071 +0,0 @@
-Description: Use texinfo.tex from gnulib instead of manually imported version
-Origin: upstream, http://hg.savannah.gnu.org/hgweb/octave/rev/45d7be391982
-Bug-Debian: https://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=790533
-Last-Update: 2015-07-18
----
-This patch header follows DEP-3: http://dep.debian.net/deps/dep3/
-diff -r 2ec049e50ed8 -r 45d7be391982 doc/Makefile.am
---- a/doc/Makefile.am Thu Jul 09 21:44:09 2015 -0400
-+++ b/doc/Makefile.am Thu Jul 09 21:45:26 2015 -0400
-@@ -26,7 +26,6 @@
-
- EXTRA_DIST = \
- Makefile.am \
-- texinfo.tex \
- texmf.cnf
-
- SUBDIRS = doxyhtml interpreter liboctave refcard
-diff -r 2ec049e50ed8 -r 45d7be391982 doc/interpreter/Makefile.am
---- a/doc/interpreter/Makefile.am Thu Jul 09 21:44:09 2015 -0400
-+++ b/doc/interpreter/Makefile.am Thu Jul 09 21:45:26 2015 -0400
-@@ -20,8 +20,6 @@
-
- include $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/common.mk
-
--TEXINFO_TEX = ../texinfo.tex
--
- ## Leading PATH_SEPARATOR required due to weak parsing by dvips (12/04/09)
- TEXINPUTS := "$(PATH_SEPARATOR)$(srcdir)$(PATH_SEPARATOR)$(TEXINPUTS)$(PATH_SEPARATOR)"
- export TEXINPUTS
-diff -r 2ec049e50ed8 -r 45d7be391982 doc/liboctave/Makefile.am
---- a/doc/liboctave/Makefile.am Thu Jul 09 21:44:09 2015 -0400
-+++ b/doc/liboctave/Makefile.am Thu Jul 09 21:45:26 2015 -0400
-@@ -20,8 +20,6 @@
-
- include $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/common.mk
-
--TEXINFO_TEX = ../texinfo.tex
--
- info_TEXINFOS = liboctave.texi
-
- liboctave_TEXINFOS = \
-diff -r 2ec049e50ed8 -r 45d7be391982 doc/texinfo.tex
---- a/doc/texinfo.tex Thu Jul 09 21:44:09 2015 -0400
-+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
-@@ -1,9026 +0,0 @@
--% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
--%
--% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
--\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
--%
--\def\texinfoversion{2009-04-06.11}
--%
--% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
--% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006,
--% 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
--%
--% This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or
--% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
--% published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
--% License, or (at your option) any later version.
--%
--% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
--% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
--% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
--% General Public License for more details.
--%
--% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
--% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
--%
--% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing
--% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without
--% restriction. (This has been our intent since Texinfo was invented.)
--%
--% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
--% reports; you can get the latest version from:
--% http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page), or
--% ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex
--% (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org).
--% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out
--% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
--%
--% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo at gnu.org. Please include including a
--% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the
--% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated.
--%
--% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the
--% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple
--% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this:
--% tex foo.texi
--% texindex foo.??
--% tex foo.texi
--% tex foo.texi
--% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps.
--% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct.
--% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more
--% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary.
--%
--% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some
--% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the
--% full Texinfo distribution.
--%
--% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
--
--
--\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
--
--% If in a .fmt file, print the version number
--% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
--% they might have appeared in the input file name.
--\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
-- \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
--
--
--\chardef\other=12
--
--% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
--% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
--\let\+ = \relax
--
--% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine.
--\let\ptexb=\b
--\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
--\let\ptexc=\c
--\let\ptexcomma=\,
--\let\ptexdot=\.
--\let\ptexdots=\dots
--\let\ptexend=\end
--\let\ptexequiv=\equiv
--\let\ptexexclam=\!
--\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
--\let\ptexgtr=>
--\let\ptexhat=^
--\let\ptexi=\i
--\let\ptexindent=\indent
--\let\ptexinsert=\insert
--\let\ptexlbrace=\{
--\let\ptexless=<
--\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite
--\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent
--\let\ptexplus=+
--\let\ptexrbrace=\}
--\let\ptexslash=\/
--\let\ptexstar=\*
--\let\ptext=\t
--\let\ptextop=\top
--
--% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
--% starts a new line in the output.
--\newlinechar = `^^J
--
--% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
--% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
--%
--\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
-- \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0.
--\else
-- \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space}
--\fi
--
--% Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
--\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
--\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
--\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
--\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi
--\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
--\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
--\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
--\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi
--\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
--\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi
--\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi
--\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi
--\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi
--\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi
--\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi
--\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi
--\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi
--\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi
--\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi
--%
--\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi
--\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi
--\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi
--\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi
--\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi
--\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi
--\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi
--\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi
--\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi
--\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi
--\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi
--\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi
--%
--\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi
--\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
--\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
--\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
--\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
--
--% Since the category of space is not known, we have to be careful.
--\chardef\spacecat = 10
--\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =\spacecat}
--
--% sometimes characters are active, so we need control sequences.
--\chardef\colonChar = `\:
--\chardef\commaChar = `\,
--\chardef\dashChar = `\-
--\chardef\dotChar = `\.
--\chardef\exclamChar= `\!
--\chardef\lquoteChar= `\`
--\chardef\questChar = `\?
--\chardef\rquoteChar= `\'
--\chardef\semiChar = `\;
--\chardef\underChar = `\_
--
--% Ignore a token.
--%
--\def\gobble#1{}
--
--% The following is used inside several \edef's.
--\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
--
--% Hyphenation fixes.
--\hyphenation{
-- Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script
-- ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps
-- data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script
-- man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm
-- par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces
-- spell-ing spell-ings
-- stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space
-- wide-spread wrap-around
--}
--
--% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
--\newdimen\bindingoffset
--\newdimen\normaloffset
--\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
--
--% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
--% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
--% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
--%
--\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
--
--% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should
--% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the
--% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would
--% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
--% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change).
--%
--\def\|{%
-- % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
-- \leavevmode
-- %
-- % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
-- \vadjust{%
-- % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
-- % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
-- \vskip-\baselineskip
-- %
-- % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So
-- % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
-- \llap{%
-- %
-- % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
-- \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
-- %
-- % This is the space between the bar and the text.
-- \hskip 12pt
-- }%
-- }%
--}
--
--% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
--% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here,
--% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make
--% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log
--% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX.
--%
--\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}%
--\def\loggingall{%
-- \tracingstats2
-- \tracingpages1
-- \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex
-- \tracingparagraphs1
-- \tracingoutput1
-- \tracingmacros2
-- \tracingrestores1
-- \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen
-- \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging
-- \tracingscantokens1
-- \tracingifs1
-- \tracinggroups1
-- \tracingnesting2
-- \tracingassigns1
-- \fi
-- \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex
-- \errorcontextlines16
--}%
--
--% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing
--% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space.
--%
--\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount
-- \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi}
--\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount
-- \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi}
--\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
-- \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
--
--% For @cropmarks command.
--% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks.
--%
--\newif\ifcropmarks
--\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue
--%
--% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners.
--% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986
--%
--\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines
--\newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc
--\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt
--\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
--
--% Output a mark which sets \thischapter, \thissection and \thiscolor.
--% We dump everything together because we only have one kind of mark.
--% This works because we only use \botmark / \topmark, not \firstmark.
--%
--% A mark contains a subexpression of the \ifcase ... \fi construct.
--% \get*marks macros below extract the needed part using \ifcase.
--%
--% Another complication is to let the user choose whether \thischapter
--% (\thissection) refers to the chapter (section) in effect at the top
--% of a page, or that at the bottom of a page. The solution is
--% described on page 260 of The TeXbook. It involves outputting two
--% marks for the sectioning macros, one before the section break, and
--% one after. I won't pretend I can describe this better than DEK...
--\def\domark{%
-- \toks0=\expandafter{\lastchapterdefs}%
-- \toks2=\expandafter{\lastsectiondefs}%
-- \toks4=\expandafter{\prevchapterdefs}%
-- \toks6=\expandafter{\prevsectiondefs}%
-- \toks8=\expandafter{\lastcolordefs}%
-- \mark{%
-- \the\toks0 \the\toks2
-- \noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6
-- \noexpand\else \the\toks8
-- }%
--}
--% \topmark doesn't work for the very first chapter (after the title
--% page or the contents), so we use \firstmark there -- this gets us
--% the mark with the chapter defs, unless the user sneaks in, e.g.,
--% @setcolor (or @url, or @link, etc.) between @contents and the very
--% first @chapter.
--\def\gettopheadingmarks{%
-- \ifcase0\topmark\fi
-- \ifx\thischapter\empty \ifcase0\firstmark\fi \fi
--}
--\def\getbottomheadingmarks{\ifcase1\botmark\fi}
--\def\getcolormarks{\ifcase2\topmark\fi}
--
--% Avoid "undefined control sequence" errors.
--\def\lastchapterdefs{}
--\def\lastsectiondefs{}
--\def\prevchapterdefs{}
--\def\prevsectiondefs{}
--\def\lastcolordefs{}
--
--% Main output routine.
--\chardef\PAGE = 255
--\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
--
--\newbox\headlinebox
--\newbox\footlinebox
--
--% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents
--% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself.
--\def\onepageout#1{%
-- \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi
-- %
-- \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
-- \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
-- %
-- % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
-- % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
-- \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi
-- \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}%
-- \ifodd\pageno \getoddfootingmarks \else \getevenfootingmarks \fi
-- \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}%
-- %
-- {%
-- % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
-- % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
-- % before the \shipout runs.
-- %
-- \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output.
-- \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
-- % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
-- % We don't want .vr (or whatever) entries like this:
-- % \entry{{\tt \indexbackslash }acronym}{32}{\code {\acronym}}
-- % "\acronym" won't work when it's read back in;
-- % it needs to be
-- % {\code {{\tt \backslashcurfont }acronym}
-- \shipout\vbox{%
-- % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
-- \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi
-- %
-- \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup
-- \hsize = \outerhsize
-- \vskip-\topandbottommargin
-- \vtop to0pt{%
-- \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}%
-- \nointerlineskip
-- \line{%
-- \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}%
-- \hfill
-- \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}%
-- }%
-- \vss}%
-- \vskip\topandbottommargin
-- \line\bgroup
-- \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize.
-- \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi
-- \vbox\bgroup
-- \fi
-- %
-- \unvbox\headlinebox
-- \pagebody{#1}%
-- \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
-- % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
-- % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingyyy.)
-- % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
-- \vskip 24pt
-- \unvbox\footlinebox
-- \fi
-- %
-- \ifcropmarks
-- \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup
-- \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup
-- \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill
-- \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick
-- \vbox to0pt{\vss
-- \line{%
-- \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}%
-- \hfill
-- \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}%
-- }%
-- \nointerlineskip
-- \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}%
-- }%
-- \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause
-- \fi
-- }% end of \shipout\vbox
-- }% end of group with \indexdummies
-- \advancepageno
-- \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
--}
--
--\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
--
--\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
--{\catcode`\@ =11
--\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
--% marginal hacks, juha at viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
--\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
-- \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
--\dimen@=\dp#1\relax \unvbox#1\relax
--\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
--\ifr at ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
--}
--
--% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are
--% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize
--% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986)
--%
--\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong}
--\def\nstop{\vbox
-- {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}}
--\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong}
--\def\nsbot{\vbox
-- {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}}
--
--% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of
--% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a
--% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
--%
--\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}}
--\def\parseargusing#1#2{%
-- \def\argtorun{#2}%
-- \begingroup
-- \obeylines
-- \spaceisspace
-- #1%
-- \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below.
--}
--
--{\obeylines %
-- \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{%
-- \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg.
-- \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm%
-- }%
--}
--
--% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment.
--\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm}
--\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm}
--
--% Each occurrence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space.
--%
--% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g.,
--% @end itemize @c foo
--% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed
--% by \finishparsearg.
--%
--\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M}
--\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M}
--\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{%
-- \def\temp{#3}%
-- \ifx\temp\empty
-- % Do not use \next, perhaps the caller of \parsearg uses it; reuse \temp:
-- \let\temp\finishparsearg
-- \else
-- \let\temp\argcheckspaces
-- \fi
-- % Put the space token in:
-- \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm
--}
--
--% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so
--% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation.
--% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now,
--% just before passing the control to \argtorun.
--% (Similarly, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is
--% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger
--% that a pair of braces would be stripped.
--%
--% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token.
--%
--\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}}
--
--% \parseargdef\foo{...}
--% is roughly equivalent to
--% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo}
--% \def\Xfoo#1{...}
--%
--% Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my
--% favourite TeX trick. --kasal, 16nov03
--
--\def\parseargdef#1{%
-- \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1%
--}
--\def\doparseargdef#1#2{%
-- \def#2{\parsearg#1}%
-- \def#1##1%
--}
--
--% Several utility definitions with active space:
--{
-- \obeyspaces
-- \gdef\obeyedspace{ }
--
-- % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
-- % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
-- % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
-- % should produce a line of output anyway.
-- %
-- \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}
--
-- % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
-- % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
-- % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ).
-- \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space}
--}
--
--
--\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
--
--% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex. It's used like this:
--%
--% \envdef\foo{...}
--% \def\Efoo{...}
--%
--% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the
--% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo. \envdef also
--% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks
--% whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be
--% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected.
--%
--% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they
--% are not treated as environments; they don't open a group. (The
--% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this
--% special case.)
--
--
--% At run-time, environments start with this:
--\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}}
--% initialize
--\let\thisenv\empty
--
--% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'':
--\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
--\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
--
--% Check whether we're in the right environment:
--\def\checkenv#1{%
-- \def\temp{#1}%
-- \ifx\thisenv\temp
-- \else
-- \badenverr
-- \fi
--}
--
--% Environment mismatch, #1 expected:
--\def\badenverr{%
-- \errhelp = \EMsimple
-- \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp,
-- not \inenvironment\thisenv}%
--}
--\def\inenvironment#1{%
-- \ifx#1\empty
-- out of any environment%
-- \else
-- in environment \expandafter\string#1%
-- \fi
--}
--
--% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo.
--% But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv
--%
--\parseargdef\end{%
-- \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname
-- \else
-- % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal, but... --kasal, 06nov03
-- \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname
-- \csname E#1\endcsname
-- \endgroup
-- \fi
--}
--
--\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
--
--
--%% Simple single-character @ commands
--
--% @@ prints an @
--% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr).
--\def\@{{\tt\char64}}
--
--% This is turned off because it was never documented
--% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures.
--%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and '
--%% but suppressing ligatures.
--%\def\`{{`}}
--%\def\'{{'}}
--
--% Used to generate quoted braces.
--\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}}
--\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}}
--\let\{=\mylbrace
--\let\}=\myrbrace
--\begingroup
-- % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices,
-- % and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files.
-- \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other
-- \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
-- \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other
-- !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]%
-- !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]%
-- !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]%
-- !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]%
--!endgroup
--
--% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems.
--\let\comma = ,
--
--% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
--% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H.
--\let\, = \c
--\let\dotaccent = \.
--\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
--\let\tieaccent = \t
--\let\ubaraccent = \b
--\let\udotaccent = \d
--
--% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm
--% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
--\def\questiondown{?`}
--\def\exclamdown{!`}
--\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}}
--\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}}
--
--% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
--\def\imacro{i}
--\def\jmacro{j}
--\def\dotless#1{%
-- \def\temp{#1}%
-- \ifx\temp\imacro \ifmmode\imath \else\ptexi \fi
-- \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \ifmmode\jmath \else\j \fi
-- \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
-- \fi\fi
--}
--
--% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a
--% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.)
--%
--\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 }
--
--% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in
--% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most
--% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using
--% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and
--% \scriptscriptstyle).
--%
--\def\LaTeX{%
-- L\kern-.36em
-- {\setbox0=\hbox{T}%
-- \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize A}\vss}}%
-- \kern-.15em
-- \TeX
--}
--
--% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
--% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
--% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
--% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
--% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
--{\catcode`@ = 11
-- % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble
-- % if the definition is written into an index file.
-- \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M
-- \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
--}
--
--% @: forces normal size whitespace following.
--\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
--
--% @* forces a line break.
--\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
--
--% @/ allows a line break.
--\let\/=\allowbreak
--
--% @. is an end-of-sentence period.
--\def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
--
--% @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
--\def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
--
--% @? is an end-of-sentence query.
--\def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
--
--% @frenchspacing on|off says whether to put extra space after punctuation.
--%
--\def\onword{on}
--\def\offword{off}
--%
--\parseargdef\frenchspacing{%
-- \def\temp{#1}%
-- \ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing
-- \else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing
-- \else
-- \errhelp = \EMsimple
-- \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on/off}%
-- \fi\fi
--}
--
--% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
--% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
--% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph.
--\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
--
--% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing
--% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box
--% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for
--% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is
--% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large,
--% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and
--% the text is small, which looks bad.
--%
--% Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can
--% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it
--% does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an
--% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The
--% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit
--% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex).
--%
--\newbox\groupbox
--\def\vfilllimit{0.7}
--%
--\envdef\group{%
-- \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else
-- \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
-- \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
-- \fi
-- \startsavinginserts
-- %
-- \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup
-- % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
-- % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
-- % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after
-- % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group
-- % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo
-- % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text.
-- \comment
--}
--%
--% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts
--% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done)
--% \lineskip glue after it. Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
--% above. But it's pretty close.
--\def\Egroup{%
-- % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group
-- % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth.
-- \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar.
-- \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth
-- \egroup % End the \vtop.
-- % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
-- \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
-- % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
-- \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
-- % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
-- % group, force a page break.
-- \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
-- \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight
-- \page
-- \fi
-- \fi
-- \box\groupbox
-- \prevdepth = \dimen1
-- \checkinserts
--}
--%
--% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
--% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
--%
--\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{%
--group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J%
--where each line of input produces a line of output.}
--
--% @need space-in-mils
--% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining.
--
--\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in
--
--% Old definition--didn't work.
--%\parseargdef\need{\par %
--%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally
--%% if the depth of the box does not fit.
--%{\baselineskip=0pt%
--%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak
--%\prevdepth=-1000pt
--%}}
--
--\parseargdef\need{%
-- % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
-- % paragraph.
-- \par
-- %
-- % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless.
-- \dimen0 = #1\mil
-- \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox
-- \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox
-- \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2
-- %
-- % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the
-- % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line.
-- % And a page break here is fine.
-- \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}%
-- %
-- % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the
-- % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the
-- % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider
-- % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the
-- % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999.
-- %
-- % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the
-- % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in
-- % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which
-- % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing
-- % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an
-- % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real
-- % document, then we can reconsider our strategy.
-- \penalty9999
-- %
-- % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not.
-- \kern -#1\mil
-- %
-- % Do not allow a page break right after this kern.
-- \nobreak
-- \fi
--}
--
--% @br forces paragraph break (and is undocumented).
--
--\let\br = \par
--
--% @page forces the start of a new page.
--%
--\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
--
--% @exdent text....
--% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin
--
--% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment.
--% That's how much \exdent should take out.
--\newskip\exdentamount
--
--% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
--\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}
--
--% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
--\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
-- \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
--
--% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
--% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
--% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'.
--%
--\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
--\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
--%
--\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
-- \nobreak
-- \kern-\strutdepth
-- \vtop to \strutdepth{%
-- \baselineskip=\strutdepth
-- \vss
-- % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
-- % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
-- \ifx#1l%
-- \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
-- \else
-- \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
-- \fi
-- \null
-- }%
--}}
--\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
--\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
--%
--% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
--% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
--% else use TEXT for both).
--%
--\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
--\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
-- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
-- \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
-- \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts
-- \def\righttext{#2}%
-- \else
-- \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text
-- \def\righttext{#1}%
-- \fi
-- %
-- \ifodd\pageno
-- \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin
-- \else
-- \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
-- \fi
-- \temp
--}
--
--% @include FILE -- \input text of FILE.
--%
--\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz}
--\def\includezzz#1{%
-- \pushthisfilestack
-- \def\thisfile{#1}%
-- {%
-- \makevalueexpandable % we want to expand any @value in FILE.
-- \turnoffactive % and allow special characters in the expansion
-- \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names.
-- \edef\temp{\noexpand\input #1 }%
-- %
-- % This trickery is to read FILE outside of a group, in case it makes
-- % definitions, etc.
-- \expandafter
-- }\temp
-- \popthisfilestack
--}
--\def\filenamecatcodes{%
-- \catcode`\\=\other
-- \catcode`~=\other
-- \catcode`^=\other
-- \catcode`_=\other
-- \catcode`|=\other
-- \catcode`<=\other
-- \catcode`>=\other
-- \catcode`+=\other
-- \catcode`-=\other
--}
--
--\def\pushthisfilestack{%
-- \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm
--}
--\def\pushthisfilestackX{%
-- \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm
--}
--\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {%
-- \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}%
--}
--
--\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty}
--\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error:
-- the stack of filenames is empty.}}
--
--\def\thisfile{}
--
--% @center line
--% outputs that line, centered.
--%
--\parseargdef\center{%
-- \ifhmode
-- \let\next\centerH
-- \else
-- \let\next\centerV
-- \fi
-- \next{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
--}
--\def\centerH#1{%
-- {%
-- \hfil\break
-- \advance\hsize by -\leftskip
-- \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
-- \line{#1}%
-- \break
-- }%
--}
--\def\centerV#1{\line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}}
--
--% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space
--
--\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
--
--% @comment ...line which is ignored...
--% @c is the same as @comment
--% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment
--
--\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other%
--\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
--\commentxxx}
--{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
--
--\let\c=\comment
--
--% @paragraphindent NCHARS
--% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
--% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'.
--% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though.
--%
--\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords
--\def\noneword{none}
--%
--\parseargdef\paragraphindent{%
-- \def\temp{#1}%
-- \ifx\temp\asisword
-- \else
-- \ifx\temp\noneword
-- \defaultparindent = 0pt
-- \else
-- \defaultparindent = #1em
-- \fi
-- \fi
-- \parindent = \defaultparindent
--}
--
--% @exampleindent NCHARS
--% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent.
--% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but
--% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent.
--\parseargdef\exampleindent{%
-- \def\temp{#1}%
-- \ifx\temp\asisword
-- \else
-- \ifx\temp\noneword
-- \lispnarrowing = 0pt
-- \else
-- \lispnarrowing = #1em
-- \fi
-- \fi
--}
--
--% @firstparagraphindent WORD
--% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph
--% after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such
--% paragraphs.
--%
--% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling
--% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do.
--% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD.
--% By default, we suppress indentation.
--%
--\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent}
--\def\insertword{insert}
--%
--\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{%
-- \def\temp{#1}%
-- \ifx\temp\noneword
-- \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent
-- \else\ifx\temp\insertword
-- \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax
-- \else
-- \errhelp = \EMsimple
-- \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}%
-- \fi\fi
--}
--
--% Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to
--% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty.
--%
--% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next
--% paragraph.
--%
--\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{%
-- \gdef\indent{%
-- \restorefirstparagraphindent
-- \indent
-- }%
-- \gdef\noindent{%
-- \restorefirstparagraphindent
-- \noindent
-- }%
-- \global\everypar = {%
-- \kern -\parindent
-- \restorefirstparagraphindent
-- }%
--}
--
--\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{%
-- \global \let \indent = \ptexindent
-- \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent
-- \global \everypar = {}%
--}
--
--
--% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example.
--%
--\def\asis#1{#1}
--
--% @math outputs its argument in math mode.
--%
--% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean
--% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make
--% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam,
--% which is what @var uses.
--{
-- \catcode`\_ = \active
-- \gdef\mathunderscore{%
-- \catcode`\_=\active
-- \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
-- }
--}
--% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character.
--% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but
--% this is not advertised and we don't care. Texinfo does not
--% otherwise define @\.
--%
--% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\.
--\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi}
--%
--\def\math{%
-- \tex
-- \mathunderscore
-- \let\\ = \mathbackslash
-- \mathactive
-- % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode
-- \let\"=\ddot
-- \let\'=\acute
-- \let\==\bar
-- \let\^=\hat
-- \let\`=\grave
-- \let\u=\breve
-- \let\v=\check
-- \let\~=\tilde
-- \let\dotaccent=\dot
-- $\finishmath
--}
--\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex.
--
--% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
--% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument
--% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section).
--%
--{
-- \catcode`^ = \active
-- \catcode`< = \active
-- \catcode`> = \active
-- \catcode`+ = \active
-- \gdef\mathactive{%
-- \let^ = \ptexhat
-- \let< = \ptexless
-- \let> = \ptexgtr
-- \let+ = \ptexplus
-- }
--}
--
--% Some math mode symbols.
--\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$}
--\def\geq{\ifmmode \ge\else $\ge$\fi}
--\def\leq{\ifmmode \le\else $\le$\fi}
--\def\minus{\ifmmode -\else $-$\fi}
--
--% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font.
--% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm
--% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand,
--% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em. So do
--% whichever is larger.
--%
--\def\dots{%
-- \leavevmode
-- \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods
-- \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em
-- \dimen0 = \wd0
-- \else
-- \dimen0 = 1.5em
-- \fi
-- \hbox to \dimen0{%
-- \hskip 0pt plus.25fil
-- .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
-- .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
-- .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil
-- }%
--}
--
--% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
--%
--\def\enddots{%
-- \dots
-- \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor
--}
--
--% @comma{} is so commas can be inserted into text without messing up
--% Texinfo's parsing.
--%
--\let\comma = ,
--
--% @refill is a no-op.
--\let\refill=\relax
--
--% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
--% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
--% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename).
--%
--\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
--\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
--
--% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
--% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
--% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
--\def\setfilename{%
-- \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
-- \iflinks
-- \tryauxfile
-- % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit.
-- \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
-- \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case.
-- \openindices
-- \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
-- %
-- % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
-- % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.
-- \openin 1 texinfo.cnf
-- \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi
-- \closein 1
-- %
-- \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
--}
--
--% Called from \setfilename.
--%
--\def\openindices{%
-- \newindex{cp}%
-- \newcodeindex{fn}%
-- \newcodeindex{vr}%
-- \newcodeindex{tp}%
-- \newcodeindex{ky}%
-- \newcodeindex{pg}%
--}
--
--% @bye.
--\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
--
--
--\message{pdf,}
--% adobe `portable' document format
--\newcount\tempnum
--\newcount\lnkcount
--\newtoks\filename
--\newcount\filenamelength
--\newcount\pgn
--\newtoks\toksA
--\newtoks\toksB
--\newtoks\toksC
--\newtoks\toksD
--\newbox\boxA
--\newcount\countA
--\newif\ifpdf
--\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
--
--% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1
--% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as \undefined,
--% borrowed from ifpdf.sty.
--\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
--\else
-- \ifx\pdfoutput\relax
-- \else
-- \ifcase\pdfoutput
-- \else
-- \pdftrue
-- \fi
-- \fi
--\fi
--
--% PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets,
--% for display in the outlines, and in other places. Thus, we have to
--% double any backslashes. Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be
--% interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e. Not good.
--% http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html
--% (and related messages, the final outcome is that it is up to the TeX
--% user to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so
--% that's what we do).
--
--% double active backslashes.
--%
--{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active
-- @gdef at activebackslashdouble{%
-- @catcode`@\=@active
-- @let\=@doublebackslash}
--}
--
--% To handle parens, we must adopt a different approach, since parens are
--% not active characters. hyperref.dtx (which has the same problem as
--% us) handles it with this amazing macro to replace tokens, with minor
--% changes for Texinfo. It is included here under the GPL by permission
--% from the author, Heiko Oberdiek.
--%
--% #1 is the tokens to replace.
--% #2 is the replacement.
--% #3 is the control sequence with the string.
--%
--\def\HyPsdSubst#1#2#3{%
-- \def\HyPsdReplace##1#1##2\END{%
-- ##1%
-- \ifx\\##2\\%
-- \else
-- #2%
-- \HyReturnAfterFi{%
-- \HyPsdReplace##2\END
-- }%
-- \fi
-- }%
-- \xdef#3{\expandafter\HyPsdReplace#3#1\END}%
--}
--\long\def\HyReturnAfterFi#1\fi{\fi#1}
--
--% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements.
--\def\backslashparens#1{%
-- \xdef#1{#1}% redefine it as its expansion; the definition is simply
-- % \lastnode when called from \setref -> \pdfmkdest.
-- \HyPsdSubst{(}{\realbackslash(}{#1}%
-- \HyPsdSubst{)}{\realbackslash)}{#1}%
--}
--
--\newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images
--with PDF output, and none of those formats could be found. (.eps cannot
--be supported due to the design of the PDF format; use regular TeX (DVI
--output) for that.)}
--
--\ifpdf
-- %
-- % Color manipulation macros based on pdfcolor.tex.
-- \def\cmykDarkRed{0.28 1 1 0.35}
-- \def\cmykBlack{0 0 0 1}
-- %
-- \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 k}}
-- % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly,
-- % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore.
-- \def\setcolor#1{%
-- \xdef\lastcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}%
-- \domark
-- \pdfsetcolor{#1}%
-- }
-- %
-- \def\maincolor{\cmykBlack}
-- \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}
-- \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor}
-- \def\lastcolordefs{}
-- %
-- \def\makefootline{%
-- \baselineskip24pt
-- \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}%
-- }
-- %
-- \def\makeheadline{%
-- \vbox to 0pt{%
-- \vskip-22.5pt
-- \line{%
-- \vbox to8.5pt{}%
-- % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks.
-- \getcolormarks
-- % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color.
-- \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}%
-- }%
-- \vss
-- }%
-- \nointerlineskip
-- }
-- %
-- %
-- \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}
-- %
-- % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto).
-- \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
-- \def\imagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
-- \def\imageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
-- %
-- % pdftex (and the PDF format) support .png, .jpg, .pdf (among
-- % others). Let's try in that order.
-- \let\pdfimgext=\empty
-- \begingroup
-- \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1
-- \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1
-- \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1
-- \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1
-- \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1
-- \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1
-- \errhelp = \nopdfimagehelp
-- \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for pdf}%
-- \else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}%
-- \fi
-- \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}%
-- \fi
-- \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}%
-- \fi
-- \else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}%
-- \fi
-- \else \gdef\pdfimgext{PDF}%
-- \fi
-- \else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}%
-- \fi
-- \closein 1
-- \endgroup
-- %
-- % without \immediate, ancient pdftex seg faults when the same image is
-- % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.)
-- \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
-- \immediate\pdfimage
-- \else
-- \immediate\pdfximage
-- \fi
-- \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \imagewidth \fi
-- \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \imageheight \fi
-- \ifnum\pdftexversion<13
-- #1.\pdfimgext
-- \else
-- {#1.\pdfimgext}%
-- \fi
-- \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
-- \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
-- \fi}
-- %
-- \def\pdfmkdest#1{{%
-- % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
-- % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
-- \indexnofonts
-- \turnoffactive
-- \activebackslashdouble
-- \makevalueexpandable
-- \def\pdfdestname{#1}%
-- \backslashparens\pdfdestname
-- \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
-- }}
-- %
-- % used to mark target names; must be expandable.
-- \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}
-- %
-- % by default, use a color that is dark enough to print on paper as
-- % nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing.
-- \def\urlcolor{\cmykDarkRed}
-- \def\linkcolor{\cmykDarkRed}
-- \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink}
-- %
-- % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
-- % come from Petr Olsak
-- \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
-- \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
-- \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax
-- \advance\tempnum by 1
-- \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
-- %
-- % #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the
-- % outline by the pdf viewer. #2 is the pdf expression for the number
-- % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node text,
-- % which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node.
-- % #4 is the page number
-- %
-- \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
-- % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the
-- % page number. We could generate a destination for the section
-- % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't
-- % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured.
-- \def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
-- \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty
-- \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}%
-- \else
-- % Doubled backslashes in the name.
-- {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
-- \backslashparens\pdfoutlinedest}%
-- \fi
-- %
-- % Also double the backslashes in the display string.
-- {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
-- \backslashparens\pdfoutlinetext}%
-- %
-- \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}%
-- }
-- %
-- \def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
-- \begingroup
-- % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks
-- \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace
-- \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace
-- %
-- % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline.
-- \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
-- \def\thischapnum{##2}%
-- \def\thissecnum{0}%
-- \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
-- }%
-- \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
-- \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}%
-- \def\thissecnum{##2}%
-- \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
-- }%
-- \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
-- \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}%
-- \def\thissubsecnum{##2}%
-- }%
-- \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
-- \advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}%
-- }%
-- \def\thischapnum{0}%
-- \def\thissecnum{0}%
-- \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
-- %
-- % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et
-- % al. a second time, below.
-- \def\appentry{\numchapentry}%
-- \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}%
-- \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
-- \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
-- \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}%
-- \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}%
-- \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
-- \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
-- \readdatafile{toc}%
-- %
-- % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines.
-- % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of
-- % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above.
-- %
-- % We use the node names as the destinations.
-- \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
-- \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
-- \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
-- \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
-- \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
-- \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
-- \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero
-- \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}%
-- %
-- % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of
-- % document fonts. Therefore we cannot use special characters,
-- % since the encoding is unknown. For example, the eogonek from
-- % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from
-- % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100.
-- %
-- % xx to do this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to
-- % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Right
-- % now, I guess we'll just let the pdf reader have its way.
-- \indexnofonts
-- \setupdatafile
-- \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash
-- \input \tocreadfilename
-- \endgroup
-- }
-- %
-- \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
-- \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
-- \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
-- \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
-- \advance\filenamelength by 1
-- \fi
-- \fi
-- \nextsp}
-- \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax}
-- \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
-- \let \startlink \pdfannotlink
-- \else
-- \let \startlink \pdfstartlink
-- \fi
-- % make a live url in pdf output.
-- \def\pdfurl#1{%
-- \begingroup
-- % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not
-- % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context
-- % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one
-- % people have actually reported a problem with.
-- %
-- \normalturnoffactive
-- \def\@{@}%
-- \let\/=\empty
-- \makevalueexpandable
-- \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}%
-- \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
-- user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
-- \endgroup}
-- \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
-- \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
-- \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
-- \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
-- \def\maketoks{%
-- \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
-- \ifx\first0\adn0
-- \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
-- \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
-- \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
-- \else
-- \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
-- \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
-- \let\next=\maketoks
-- \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
-- \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
-- \fi
-- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
-- \next}
-- \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
-- {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
-- \def\pdflink#1{%
-- \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}
-- \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink}
-- \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
--\else
-- \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
-- \let\pdfurl = \gobble
-- \let\endlink = \relax
-- \let\setcolor = \gobble
-- \let\pdfsetcolor = \gobble
-- \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
--\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
--
--
--\message{fonts,}
--
--% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle.
--% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in
--% italics, not bold italics.
--%
--\def\setfontstyle#1{%
-- \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd.
-- \csname ten#1\endcsname % change the current font
--}
--
--% Select #1 fonts with the current style.
--%
--\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname}
--
--\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
--\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
--\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
--\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf}
--\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}
--
--% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
--% So we set up a \sf.
--\newfam\sffam
--\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
--\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
--
--% We don't need math for this font style.
--\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
--
--
--% Default leading.
--\newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt
--
--% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
--% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
--% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
--%
--\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
--\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
--\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
--%
--% can get a sort of poor man's double spacing by redefining this.
--\def\baselinefactor{1}
--%
--\def\setleading#1{%
-- \dimen0 = #1\relax
-- \normalbaselineskip = \baselinefactor\dimen0
-- \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
-- \normalbaselines
-- \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
-- \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
-- depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
-- }%
--}
--
--% PDF CMaps. See also LaTeX's t1.cmap.
--%
--% do nothing with this by default.
--\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1\endcsname\gobble
--\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname\gobble
--\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname\gobble
--
--% if we are producing pdf, and we have \pdffontattr, then define cmaps.
--% (\pdffontattr was introduced many years ago, but people still run
--% older pdftex's; it's easy to conditionalize, so we do.)
--\ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\undefined \else
-- \begingroup
-- \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
-- \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
--%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
--%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
--%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1-0)
--%%Title: (TeX-OT1-0 TeX OT1 0)
--%%Version: 1.000
--%%EndComments
--/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
--12 dict begin
--begincmap
--/CIDSystemInfo
--<< /Registry (TeX)
--/Ordering (OT1)
--/Supplement 0
-->> def
--/CMapName /TeX-OT1-0 def
--/CMapType 2 def
--1 begincodespacerange
--<00> <7F>
--endcodespacerange
--8 beginbfrange
--<00> <01> <0393>
--<09> <0A> <03A8>
--<23> <26> <0023>
--<28> <3B> <0028>
--<3F> <5B> <003F>
--<5D> <5E> <005D>
--<61> <7A> <0061>
--<7B> <7C> <2013>
--endbfrange
--40 beginbfchar
--<02> <0398>
--<03> <039B>
--<04> <039E>
--<05> <03A0>
--<06> <03A3>
--<07> <03D2>
--<08> <03A6>
--<0B> <00660066>
--<0C> <00660069>
--<0D> <0066006C>
--<0E> <006600660069>
--<0F> <00660066006C>
--<10> <0131>
--<11> <0237>
--<12> <0060>
--<13> <00B4>
--<14> <02C7>
--<15> <02D8>
--<16> <00AF>
--<17> <02DA>
--<18> <00B8>
--<19> <00DF>
--<1A> <00E6>
--<1B> <0153>
--<1C> <00F8>
--<1D> <00C6>
--<1E> <0152>
--<1F> <00D8>
--<21> <0021>
--<22> <201D>
--<27> <2019>
--<3C> <00A1>
--<3D> <003D>
--<3E> <00BF>
--<5C> <201C>
--<5F> <02D9>
--<60> <2018>
--<7D> <02DD>
--<7E> <007E>
--<7F> <00A8>
--endbfchar
--endcmap
--CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
--end
--end
--%%EndResource
--%%EOF
-- }\endgroup
-- \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1\endcsname#1{%
-- \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
-- }%
--%
--% \cmapOT1IT
-- \begingroup
-- \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
-- \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
--%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
--%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
--%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1IT-0)
--%%Title: (TeX-OT1IT-0 TeX OT1IT 0)
--%%Version: 1.000
--%%EndComments
--/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
--12 dict begin
--begincmap
--/CIDSystemInfo
--<< /Registry (TeX)
--/Ordering (OT1IT)
--/Supplement 0
-->> def
--/CMapName /TeX-OT1IT-0 def
--/CMapType 2 def
--1 begincodespacerange
--<00> <7F>
--endcodespacerange
--8 beginbfrange
--<00> <01> <0393>
--<09> <0A> <03A8>
--<25> <26> <0025>
--<28> <3B> <0028>
--<3F> <5B> <003F>
--<5D> <5E> <005D>
--<61> <7A> <0061>
--<7B> <7C> <2013>
--endbfrange
--42 beginbfchar
--<02> <0398>
--<03> <039B>
--<04> <039E>
--<05> <03A0>
--<06> <03A3>
--<07> <03D2>
--<08> <03A6>
--<0B> <00660066>
--<0C> <00660069>
--<0D> <0066006C>
--<0E> <006600660069>
--<0F> <00660066006C>
--<10> <0131>
--<11> <0237>
--<12> <0060>
--<13> <00B4>
--<14> <02C7>
--<15> <02D8>
--<16> <00AF>
--<17> <02DA>
--<18> <00B8>
--<19> <00DF>
--<1A> <00E6>
--<1B> <0153>
--<1C> <00F8>
--<1D> <00C6>
--<1E> <0152>
--<1F> <00D8>
--<21> <0021>
--<22> <201D>
--<23> <0023>
--<24> <00A3>
--<27> <2019>
--<3C> <00A1>
--<3D> <003D>
--<3E> <00BF>
--<5C> <201C>
--<5F> <02D9>
--<60> <2018>
--<7D> <02DD>
--<7E> <007E>
--<7F> <00A8>
--endbfchar
--endcmap
--CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
--end
--end
--%%EndResource
--%%EOF
-- }\endgroup
-- \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname#1{%
-- \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
-- }%
--%
--% \cmapOT1TT
-- \begingroup
-- \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
-- \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
--%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
--%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
--%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1TT-0)
--%%Title: (TeX-OT1TT-0 TeX OT1TT 0)
--%%Version: 1.000
--%%EndComments
--/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
--12 dict begin
--begincmap
--/CIDSystemInfo
--<< /Registry (TeX)
--/Ordering (OT1TT)
--/Supplement 0
-->> def
--/CMapName /TeX-OT1TT-0 def
--/CMapType 2 def
--1 begincodespacerange
--<00> <7F>
--endcodespacerange
--5 beginbfrange
--<00> <01> <0393>
--<09> <0A> <03A8>
--<21> <26> <0021>
--<28> <5F> <0028>
--<61> <7E> <0061>
--endbfrange
--32 beginbfchar
--<02> <0398>
--<03> <039B>
--<04> <039E>
--<05> <03A0>
--<06> <03A3>
--<07> <03D2>
--<08> <03A6>
--<0B> <2191>
--<0C> <2193>
--<0D> <0027>
--<0E> <00A1>
--<0F> <00BF>
--<10> <0131>
--<11> <0237>
--<12> <0060>
--<13> <00B4>
--<14> <02C7>
--<15> <02D8>
--<16> <00AF>
--<17> <02DA>
--<18> <00B8>
--<19> <00DF>
--<1A> <00E6>
--<1B> <0153>
--<1C> <00F8>
--<1D> <00C6>
--<1E> <0152>
--<1F> <00D8>
--<20> <2423>
--<27> <2019>
--<60> <2018>
--<7F> <00A8>
--endbfchar
--endcmap
--CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
--end
--end
--%%EndResource
--%%EOF
-- }\endgroup
-- \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname#1{%
-- \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
-- }%
--\fi\fi
--
--
--% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
--% specified font prefix (normally `cm').
--% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor, #5 is the CMap
--% encoding (currently only OT1, OT1IT and OT1TT are allowed, pass
--% empty to omit).
--\def\setfont#1#2#3#4#5{%
-- \font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4
-- \csname cmap#5\endcsname#1%
--}
--% This is what gets called when #5 of \setfont is empty.
--\let\cmap\gobble
--% emacs-page end of cmaps
--
--% Use cm as the default font prefix.
--% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
--% before you read in texinfo.tex.
--\ifx\fontprefix\undefined
--\def\fontprefix{cm}
--\fi
--% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
--\def\rmshape{r}
--\def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold
--\def\bfshape{b}
--\def\bxshape{bx}
--\def\ttshape{tt}
--\def\ttbshape{tt}
--\def\ttslshape{sltt}
--\def\itshape{ti}
--\def\itbshape{bxti}
--\def\slshape{sl}
--\def\slbshape{bxsl}
--\def\sfshape{ss}
--\def\sfbshape{ss}
--\def\scshape{csc}
--\def\scbshape{csc}
--
--% Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. This is the default in
--% Texinfo.
--%
--\def\definetextfontsizexi{%
--% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1).
--\def\textnominalsize{11pt}
--\edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf}
--\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
--\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
--\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
--\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT}
--\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
--\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
--\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
--\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
--\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
--\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
--\def\textecsize{1095}
--
--% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
--\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
--\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
--\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
--\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
--
--% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
--\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
--\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
--\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
--\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
--\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
--\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
--\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
--\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
--\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
--\font\smalli=cmmi9
--\font\smallsy=cmsy9
--\def\smallecsize{0900}
--
--% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
--\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
--\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
--\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT}
--\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1}
--\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT}
--\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
--\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
--\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1}
--\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT}
--\font\smalleri=cmmi8
--\font\smallersy=cmsy8
--\def\smallerecsize{0800}
--
--% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
--\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
--\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1}
--\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT}
--\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
--\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
--\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT}
--\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1}
--\let\titlebf=\titlerm
--\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
--\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
--\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
--\def\authorrm{\secrm}
--\def\authortt{\sectt}
--\def\titleecsize{2074}
--
--% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
--\def\chapnominalsize{17pt}
--\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1}
--\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1IT}
--\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1}
--\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
--\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
--\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}{OT1}
--\let\chapbf=\chaprm
--\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1}
--\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
--\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
--\def\chapecsize{1728}
--
--% Section fonts (14.4pt).
--\def\secnominalsize{14pt}
--\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
--\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT}
--\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
--\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
--\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
--\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
--\let\secbf\secrm
--\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
--\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
--\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
--\def\sececsize{1440}
--
--% Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
--\def\ssecnominalsize{13pt}
--\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
--\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}{OT1IT}
--\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}{OT1}
--\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
--\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}{OT1TT}
--\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
--\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
--\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}{OT1}
--\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
--\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
--\def\ssececsize{1200}
--
--% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt).
--\def\reducednominalsize{10pt}
--\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
--\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
--\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
--\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT}
--\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
--\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
--\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
--\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
--\font\reducedi=cmmi10
--\font\reducedsy=cmsy10
--\def\reducedecsize{1000}
--
--% reset the current fonts
--\textfonts
--\rm
--} % end of 11pt text font size definitions
--
--
--% Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with
--% section, chapter, etc., sizes following suit. This is for the GNU
--% Press printing of the Emacs 22 manual. Maybe other manuals in the
--% future. Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt.
--%
--\def\definetextfontsizex{%
--% Text fonts (10pt).
--\def\textnominalsize{10pt}
--\edef\mainmagstep{1000}
--\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
--\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
--\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
--\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT}
--\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
--\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
--\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
--\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
--\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
--\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
--\def\textecsize{1000}
--
--% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
--\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
--\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
--\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
--\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
--
--% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
--\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
--\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
--\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
--\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
--\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
--\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
--\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
--\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
--\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
--\font\smalli=cmmi9
--\font\smallsy=cmsy9
--\def\smallecsize{0900}
--
--% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
--\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
--\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
--\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT}
--\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1}
--\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT}
--\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
--\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
--\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1}
--\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT}
--\font\smalleri=cmmi8
--\font\smallersy=cmsy8
--\def\smallerecsize{0800}
--
--% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
--\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
--\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1}
--\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT}
--\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
--\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
--\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT}
--\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1}
--\let\titlebf=\titlerm
--\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
--\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
--\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
--\def\authorrm{\secrm}
--\def\authortt{\sectt}
--\def\titleecsize{2074}
--
--% Chapter fonts (14.4pt).
--\def\chapnominalsize{14pt}
--\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
--\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT}
--\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
--\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
--\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
--\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
--\let\chapbf\chaprm
--\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
--\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
--\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
--\def\chapecsize{1440}
--
--% Section fonts (12pt).
--\def\secnominalsize{12pt}
--\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
--\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1IT}
--\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
--\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
--\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
--\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
--\let\secbf\secrm
--\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
--\font\seci=cmmi12
--\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1
--\def\sececsize{1200}
--
--% Subsection fonts (10pt).
--\def\ssecnominalsize{10pt}
--\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
--\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT}
--\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
--\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
--\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
--\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
--\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
--\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
--\font\sseci=cmmi10
--\font\ssecsy=cmsy10
--\def\ssececsize{1000}
--
--% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (9pt).
--\def\reducednominalsize{9pt}
--\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
--\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
--\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
--\setfont\reducedit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
--\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
--\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
--\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
--\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
--\font\reducedi=cmmi9
--\font\reducedsy=cmsy9
--\def\reducedecsize{0900}
--
--% reduce space between paragraphs
--\divide\parskip by 2
--
--% reset the current fonts
--\textfonts
--\rm
--} % end of 10pt text font size definitions
--
--
--% We provide the user-level command
--% @fonttextsize 10
--% (or 11) to redefine the text font size. pt is assumed.
--%
--\def\xword{10}
--\def\xiword{11}
--%
--\parseargdef\fonttextsize{%
-- \def\textsizearg{#1}%
-- \wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}%
-- %
-- % Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since
-- % makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless.
-- %
-- \begingroup \globaldefs=1
-- \ifx\textsizearg\xword \definetextfontsizex
-- \else \ifx\textsizearg\xiword \definetextfontsizexi
-- \else
-- \errhelp=\EMsimple
-- \errmessage{@fonttextsize only supports `10' or `11', not `\textsizearg'}
-- \fi\fi
-- \endgroup
--}
--
--
--% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
--% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since
--% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except
--% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and
--% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts).
--%
--\def\resetmathfonts{%
-- \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy
-- \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf
-- \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf
--}
--
--% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
--% of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the
--% current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire
--% \tenSTYLE to set the current font.
--%
--% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower)
--% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used in
--% the LaTeX logo and acronyms.
--%
--% This all needs generalizing, badly.
--%
--\def\textfonts{%
-- \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
-- \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
-- \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy
-- \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
-- \def\curfontsize{text}%
-- \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
-- \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}}
--\def\titlefonts{%
-- \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl
-- \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc
-- \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy
-- \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl
-- \def\curfontsize{title}%
-- \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}%
-- \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}}
--\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
--\def\chapfonts{%
-- \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
-- \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
-- \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy
-- \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
-- \def\curfontsize{chap}%
-- \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}%
-- \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
--\def\secfonts{%
-- \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
-- \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
-- \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy
-- \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
-- \def\curfontsize{sec}%
-- \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}%
-- \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}}
--\def\subsecfonts{%
-- \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
-- \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
-- \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy
-- \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
-- \def\curfontsize{ssec}%
-- \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}%
-- \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
--\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts
--\def\reducedfonts{%
-- \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl
-- \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc
-- \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy
-- \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl
-- \def\curfontsize{reduced}%
-- \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
-- \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
--\def\smallfonts{%
-- \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl
-- \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc
-- \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy
-- \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl
-- \def\curfontsize{small}%
-- \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
-- \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
--\def\smallerfonts{%
-- \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl
-- \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc
-- \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy
-- \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl
-- \def\curfontsize{smaller}%
-- \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
-- \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}}
--
--% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments.
--\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts
--
--% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample
--% can fit this many characters:
--% 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69
--% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters:
--% 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77
--% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth
--% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt.
--%
--% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt):
--% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58
--%
--% I wish the USA used A4 paper.
--% --karl, 24jan03.
--
--
--% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
--%
--\definetextfontsizexi
--
--% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
--\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
--\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
--
--% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
--\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
--
--% Fonts for short table of contents.
--\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
--\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} % no cmb12
--\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
--\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
--
--%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans
--%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic
--
--% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction
--% unless the following character is such as not to need one.
--\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else
-- \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi}
--\def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
--\def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
--
--% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl.
--% @var is set to this for defun arguments.
--\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
--
--% like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want
--% ttsl for book titles, do we?
--\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
--
--\let\i=\smartitalic
--\let\slanted=\smartslanted
--\let\var=\smartslanted
--\let\dfn=\smartslanted
--\let\emph=\smartitalic
--
--% @b, explicit bold.
--\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
--\let\strong=\b
--
--% @sansserif, explicit sans.
--\def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}}
--
--% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
--% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
--% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
--%
--\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
--\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- }
--
--% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
--% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and
--% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up.
--%
--\catcode`@=11
-- \def\plainfrenchspacing{%
-- \sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m
-- \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m
-- \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends
-- }
-- \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{%
-- \sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000
-- \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250
-- \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends
-- }
--\catcode`@=\other
--\def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default
--
--\def\t#1{%
-- {\tt \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1}%
-- \null
--}
--\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
--\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
--\font\keysy=cmsy9
--\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
-- \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
-- \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
-- \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
-- \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
-- \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
--\def\key #1{{\nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
--% The old definition, with no lozenge:
--%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
--\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
--
--% @file, @option are the same as @samp.
--\let\file=\samp
--\let\option=\samp
--
--% @code is a modification of @t,
--% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text.
--\def\tclose#1{%
-- {%
-- % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font.
-- \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font
-- %
-- % Switch to typewriter.
-- \tt
-- %
-- % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space.
-- \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}%
-- %
-- % Turn off hyphenation.
-- \nohyphenation
-- %
-- \rawbackslash
-- \plainfrenchspacing
-- #1%
-- }%
-- \null
--}
--
--% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code.
--% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
--% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
--
--% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
--% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
--% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
--% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash.
--% -- rms.
--{
-- \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active
-- \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active
-- %
-- \global\def\code{\begingroup
-- \catcode\rquoteChar=\active \catcode\lquoteChar=\active
-- \let'\codequoteright \let`\codequoteleft
-- %
-- \catcode\dashChar=\active \catcode\underChar=\active
-- \ifallowcodebreaks
-- \let-\codedash
-- \let_\codeunder
-- \else
-- \let-\realdash
-- \let_\realunder
-- \fi
-- \codex
-- }
--}
--
--\def\realdash{-}
--\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}}
--\def\codeunder{%
-- % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _
-- % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.)
-- % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us
-- % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop.
-- \ifusingtt{\ifmmode
-- \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_.
-- \else\normalunderscore \fi
-- \discretionary{}{}{}}%
-- {\_}%
--}
--\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
--
--% An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g.,
--% each of the four underscores in __typeof__. This is undesirable in
--% some manuals, especially if they don't have long identifiers in
--% general. @allowcodebreaks provides a way to control this.
--%
--\newif\ifallowcodebreaks \allowcodebreakstrue
--
--\def\keywordtrue{true}
--\def\keywordfalse{false}
--
--\parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{%
-- \def\txiarg{#1}%
-- \ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue
-- \allowcodebreakstrue
-- \else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse
-- \allowcodebreaksfalse
-- \else
-- \errhelp = \EMsimple
-- \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg'}%
-- \fi\fi
--}
--
--% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
--% then @kbd has no effect.
--
--% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
--% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
--% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
--\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{%
-- \def\txiarg{#1}%
-- \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct
-- \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
-- \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample
-- \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
-- \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode
-- \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
-- \else
-- \errhelp = \EMsimple
-- \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\txiarg'}%
-- \fi\fi\fi
--}
--\def\worddistinct{distinct}
--\def\wordexample{example}
--\def\wordcode{code}
--
--% Default is `distinct.'
--\kbdinputstyle distinct
--
--\def\xkey{\key}
--\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
--\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
--\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi
--\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi}
--
--% For @indicateurl, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code.
--\let\indicateurl=\code
--\let\env=\code
--\let\command=\code
--
--% @clicksequence{File @click{} Open ...}
--\def\clicksequence#1{\begingroup #1\endgroup}
--
--% @clickstyle @arrow (by default)
--\parseargdef\clickstyle{\def\click{#1}}
--\def\click{\arrow}
--
--% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated)
--% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third
--% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url
--% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in
--% a hypertex \special here.
--%
--\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish}
--\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup
-- \unsepspaces
-- \pdfurl{#1}%
-- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
-- \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
-- \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
-- \else
-- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
-- \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
-- \ifpdf
-- \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it
-- \else
-- \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url
-- \fi
-- \else
-- \code{#1}% only url given, so show it
-- \fi
-- \fi
-- \endlink
--\endgroup}
--
--% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it.
--%
--\let\url=\uref
--
--% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
--% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
--%
--%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
--\ifpdf
-- \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
-- \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
-- \unsepspaces
-- \pdfurl{mailto:#1}%
-- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
-- \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi
-- \endlink
-- \endgroup}
--\else
-- \let\email=\uref
--\fi
--
--% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the
--% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
--% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
--% this property, we can check that font parameter.
--%
--\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
--
--% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the
--% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt.
--%
--\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
--
--\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}
--
--% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'',
--% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for
--% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96.
--%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}
--
--% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii.
--\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font
--\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font
--\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font
--
--% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like.
--% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for
--% all-uppercase.
--%
--\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish}
--\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{%
-- {\selectfonts\lsize #1}%
-- \def\temp{#2}%
-- \ifx\temp\empty \else
-- \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
-- \fi
--}
--
--% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like.
--% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing.
--%
--\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish}
--\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{%
-- {\plainfrenchspacing #1}%
-- \def\temp{#2}%
-- \ifx\temp\empty \else
-- \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
-- \fi
--}
--
--% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font.
--%
--\def\pounds{{\it\$}}
--
--% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style.
--% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik
--% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and
--% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need).
--% It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym.
--%
--% Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore
--% that. The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular
--% font height.
--%
--% feymr - regular
--% feymo - slanted
--% feybr - bold
--% feybo - bold slanted
--%
--% There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge.
--% A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide.
--% Hmm.
--%
--% Also doesn't work in math. Do we need to do math with euro symbols?
--% Hope not.
--%
--%
--\def\euro{{\eurofont e}}
--\def\eurofont{%
-- % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in
-- % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that
-- % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the
-- % font installed.
-- %
-- % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale
-- % that to the current nominal size.
-- %
-- % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but
-- % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts.
-- %
-- \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
-- %
-- \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
-- % bold:
-- \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize
-- \else
-- % regular:
-- \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize
-- \fi
-- \thiseurofont
--}
--
--% Hacks for glyphs from the EC fonts similar to \euro. We don't
--% use \let for the aliases, because sometimes we redefine the original
--% macro, and the alias should reflect the redefinition.
--\def\guillemetleft{{\ecfont \char"13}}
--\def\guillemotleft{\guillemetleft}
--\def\guillemetright{{\ecfont \char"14}}
--\def\guillemotright{\guillemetright}
--\def\guilsinglleft{{\ecfont \char"0E}}
--\def\guilsinglright{{\ecfont \char"0F}}
--\def\quotedblbase{{\ecfont \char"12}}
--\def\quotesinglbase{{\ecfont \char"0D}}
--%
--\def\ecfont{%
-- % We can't distinguish serif/sanserif and italic/slanted, but this
-- % is used for crude hacks anyway (like adding French and German
-- % quotes to documents typeset with CM, where we lose kerning), so
-- % hopefully nobody will notice/care.
-- \edef\ecsize{\csname\curfontsize ecsize\endcsname}%
-- \edef\nominalsize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
-- \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
-- % bold:
-- \font\thisecfont = ecb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
-- \else
-- % regular:
-- \font\thisecfont = ec\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
-- \fi
-- \thisecfont
--}
--
--% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really
--% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now.
--% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright.
--%
--\def\registeredsymbol{%
-- $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}%
-- \hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
-- }$%
--}
--
--% @textdegree - the normal degrees sign.
--%
--\def\textdegree{$^\circ$}
--
--% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with:
--% Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38
--% so we'll define it if necessary.
--%
--\ifx\Orb\undefined
--\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D}
--\fi
--
--% Quotes.
--\chardef\quotedblleft="5C
--\chardef\quotedblright=`\"
--\chardef\quoteleft=`\`
--\chardef\quoteright=`\'
--
--
--\message{page headings,}
--
--\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
--\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
--
--% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage.
--\newif\ifseenauthor
--\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
--
--% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the
--% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage.
--%
--\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
-- \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
--\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
-- \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
--
--\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
-- \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
--
--\envdef\titlepage{%
-- % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage.
-- \begingroup
-- \parindent=0pt \textfonts
-- % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
-- \vglue\titlepagetopglue
-- % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
-- \finishedtitlepagetrue
-- %
-- % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
-- % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second.
-- \let\oldpage = \page
-- \def\page{%
-- \iffinishedtitlepage\else
-- \finishtitlepage
-- \fi
-- \let\page = \oldpage
-- \page
-- \null
-- }%
--}
--
--\def\Etitlepage{%
-- \iffinishedtitlepage\else
-- \finishtitlepage
-- \fi
-- % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
-- % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
-- % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
-- % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
-- \oldpage
-- \endgroup
-- %
-- % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are
-- % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers.
-- \HEADINGSon
-- %
-- % If they want short, they certainly want long too.
-- \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
-- \shortcontents
-- \contents
-- \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
-- \global\let\contents = \relax
-- \fi
-- %
-- \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
-- \contents
-- \global\let\contents = \relax
-- \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
-- \fi
--}
--
--\def\finishtitlepage{%
-- \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
-- \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
-- \finishedtitlepagetrue
--}
--
--%%% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
--
--\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
--\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}
--
--\def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines
-- \let\tt=\authortt}
--
--\parseargdef\title{%
-- \checkenv\titlepage
-- \leftline{\titlefonts\rm #1}
-- % print a rule at the page bottom also.
-- \finishedtitlepagefalse
-- \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt
--}
--
--\parseargdef\subtitle{%
-- \checkenv\titlepage
-- {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}%
--}
--
--% @author should come last, but may come many times.
--% It can also be used inside @quotation.
--%
--\parseargdef\author{%
-- \def\temp{\quotation}%
-- \ifx\thisenv\temp
-- \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation.
-- \else
-- \checkenv\titlepage
-- \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi
-- {\authorfont \leftline{#1}}%
-- \fi
--}
--
--
--%%% Set up page headings and footings.
--
--\let\thispage=\folio
--
--\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages
--\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages
--\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages
--\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages
--
--% Now make TeX use those variables
--\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
-- \else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
--\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
-- \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook}
--\let\HEADINGShook=\relax
--
--% Commands to set those variables.
--% For example, this is what @headings on does
--% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter
--% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle
--% @evenfooting @thisfile||
--% @oddfooting ||@thisfile
--
--
--\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
--\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
--\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
--\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
--
--\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
--\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
--\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
--\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
--
--\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
--
--\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
--\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
--\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
--\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
--
--\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
--\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
--\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
-- \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
-- %
-- % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume
-- % @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
-- \global\advance\pageheight by -12pt
-- \global\advance\vsize by -12pt
--}
--
--\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
--
--% @evenheadingmarks top \thischapter <- chapter at the top of a page
--% @evenheadingmarks bottom \thischapter <- chapter at the bottom of a page
--%
--% The same set of arguments for:
--%
--% @oddheadingmarks
--% @evenfootingmarks
--% @oddfootingmarks
--% @everyheadingmarks
--% @everyfootingmarks
--
--\def\evenheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}}
--\def\oddheadingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{heading}}
--\def\evenfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}}
--\def\oddfootingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{footing}}
--\def\everyheadingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1}
-- \headingmarks{odd}{heading}{#1} }
--\def\everyfootingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1}
-- \headingmarks{odd}{footing}{#1} }
--% #1 = even/odd, #2 = heading/footing, #3 = top/bottom.
--\def\headingmarks#1#2#3 {%
-- \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp \csname get#3headingmarks\endcsname
-- \global\expandafter\let\csname get#1#2marks\endcsname \temp
--}
--
--\everyheadingmarks bottom
--\everyfootingmarks bottom
--
--% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing.
--% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing.
--% @headings off turns them off.
--% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
--% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page.
--% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page.
--% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page.
--% By default, they are off at the start of a document,
--% and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
--
--\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
--
--\def\HEADINGSoff{%
--\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
--\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}}
--\HEADINGSoff
--% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
--% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
--% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
--% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
--% edge of all pages.
--\def\HEADINGSdouble{%
--\global\pageno=1
--\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
--\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
--\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
--\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
--\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
--}
--\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
--
--% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
--% page number on top right.
--\def\HEADINGSsingle{%
--\global\pageno=1
--\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
--\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
--\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
--\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
--\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
--}
--\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
--
--\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex}
--\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter
--\def\HEADINGSdoublex{%
--\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
--\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
--\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
--\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
--\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
--}
--
--\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex}
--\def\HEADINGSsinglex{%
--\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
--\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
--\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
--\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
--\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
--}
--
--% Subroutines used in generating headings
--% This produces Day Month Year style of output.
--% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
--% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
--\ifx\today\undefined
--\def\today{%
-- \number\day\space
-- \ifcase\month
-- \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr
-- \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug
-- \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
-- \fi
-- \space\number\year}
--\fi
--
--% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings.
--% It generates no output of its own.
--\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle}
--\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}}
--
--
--\message{tables,}
--% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x).
--
--% default indentation of table text
--\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
--% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text
--\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in
--% margin between end of table item and start of table text.
--\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in
--
--% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
--\newdimen\itemmax
--
--% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
--% these defs.
--% They also define \itemindex
--% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
--
--\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
--
--\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
--
--\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
--\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
--
--\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
-- \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
-- \advance\hsize by -\tableindent
-- \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}%
-- \itemindex{#1}%
-- \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
-- %
-- % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line
-- % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that
-- % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next
-- % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the
-- % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space.
-- \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax
-- %
-- % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping,
-- % but leave it ragged-right.
-- \begingroup
-- \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
-- \advance\hsize by\tableindent
-- \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil
-- \leavevmode\unhbox0\par
-- \endgroup
-- %
-- % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
-- % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
-- \nobreak \vskip-\parskip
-- %
-- % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. However, if
-- % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no
-- % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would
-- % cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this
-- % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert
-- % \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also.
-- %
-- \penalty 10001
-- \endgroup
-- \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
-- \else
-- % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the
-- % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.
-- \noindent
-- % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in
-- % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and
-- % eventually be printed.
-- \nobreak\kern-\tableindent
-- \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
-- \unhbox0
-- \nobreak\kern\dimen0
-- \endgroup
-- \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue
-- \fi
--}
--
--\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}}
--\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}}
--
--% @table, @ftable, @vtable.
--\envdef\table{%
-- \let\itemindex\gobble
-- \tablecheck{table}%
--}
--\envdef\ftable{%
-- \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}%
-- \tablecheck{ftable}%
--}
--\envdef\vtable{%
-- \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}%
-- \tablecheck{vtable}%
--}
--\def\tablecheck#1{%
-- \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active
-- \endgroup
-- \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is
-- that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}%
-- \def\next{\doignore{#1}}%
-- \else
-- \let\next\tablex
-- \fi
-- \next
--}
--\def\tablex#1{%
-- \def\itemindicate{#1}%
-- \parsearg\tabley
--}
--\def\tabley#1{%
-- {%
-- \makevalueexpandable
-- \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}%
-- \expandafter
-- }\temp \endtablez
--}
--\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{%
-- \aboveenvbreak
-- \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi
-- \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi
-- \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi
-- \itemmax=\tableindent
-- \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin
-- \advance \leftskip by \tableindent
-- \exdentamount=\tableindent
-- \parindent = 0pt
-- \parskip = \smallskipamount
-- \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
-- \let\item = \internalBitem
-- \let\itemx = \internalBitemx
--}
--\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak}
--\let\Eftable\Etable
--\let\Evtable\Etable
--\let\Eitemize\Etable
--\let\Eenumerate\Etable
--
--% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
--
--\newcount \itemno
--
--\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize}
--
--\def\doitemize#1{%
-- \aboveenvbreak
-- \itemmax=\itemindent
-- \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin
-- \advance\leftskip by \itemindent
-- \exdentamount=\itemindent
-- \parindent=0pt
-- \parskip=\smallskipamount
-- \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
-- \def\itemcontents{#1}%
-- % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet.
-- \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi
-- \let\item=\itemizeitem
--}
--
--% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate.
--%
--\def\itemizeitem{%
-- \advance\itemno by 1 % for enumerations
-- {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break
-- {%
-- % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a
-- % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have
-- % done a \vskip-\parskip. In that case, we don't want to zero
-- % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading. On the
-- % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there
-- % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much
-- % space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least
-- % that's the theory.
-- \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi
-- \noindent
-- \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}%
-- \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item.
-- \flushcr
--}
--
--% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
--% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
--%
--\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}%
--
--% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter,
--% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No
--% argument is the same as `1'.
--%
--\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey}
--\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
-- % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
-- \def\thearg{#1}%
-- \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
-- %
-- % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a
-- % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number.
-- % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made.
-- % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at
-- % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.)
-- \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark
-- \ifx\rest\empty
-- % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything.
-- % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero.
-- % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and
-- % not equal to itself.
-- % Otherwise, we assume it's a number.
-- %
-- % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from
-- % continuing to look for a <number>.
-- %
-- \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax
-- \numericenumerate % a number (we hope)
-- \else
-- % It's a letter.
-- \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax
-- \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter
-- \else
-- \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter
-- \fi
-- \fi
-- \else
-- % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number.
-- \numericenumerate
-- \fi
--}
--
--% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is
--% given in \thearg.
--%
--\def\numericenumerate{%
-- \itemno = \thearg
-- \startenumeration{\the\itemno}%
--}
--
--% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg.
--\def\lowercaseenumerate{%
-- \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
-- \startenumeration{%
-- % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
-- \ifnum\itemno=0
-- \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
-- alphabet}%
-- \fi
-- \char\lccode\itemno
-- }%
--}
--
--% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg.
--\def\uppercaseenumerate{%
-- \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
-- \startenumeration{%
-- % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
-- \ifnum\itemno=0
-- \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
-- alphabet}
-- \fi
-- \char\uccode\itemno
-- }%
--}
--
--% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
--% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in
--% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
--%
--\def\startenumeration#1{%
-- \advance\itemno by -1
-- \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr
--}
--
--% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg
--% to @enumerate.
--%
--\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}}
--\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}}
--\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate}
--\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate}
--
--
--% @multitable macros
--% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96
--%
--% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired.
--% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width
--% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line,
--% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page.
--
--% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines.
--
--% To make preamble:
--%
--% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize:
--% @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45
--% @item ...
--%
--% Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total
--% current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many
--% columns as desired.
--
--
--% Or use a template:
--% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
--% @item ...
--% using the widest term desired in each column.
--
--% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column
--% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's
--% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed,
--% ie, @tab at tab@tab will produce two empty columns.
--
--% @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt
--% if they are.
--
--% Sample multitable:
--
--% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
--% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col
--% @item
--% first col stuff
--% @tab
--% second col stuff
--% @tab
--% third col
--% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff
--% @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column.
--%
--% They will wrap at the width determined by the template.
--% @item at tab@tab This will be in third column.
--% @end multitable
--
--% Default dimensions may be reset by user.
--% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table.
--% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table.
--% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns.
--% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline
--% to baseline.
--% 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing.
--%
--\newskip\multitableparskip
--\newskip\multitableparindent
--\newdimen\multitablecolspace
--\newskip\multitablelinespace
--\multitableparskip=0pt
--\multitableparindent=6pt
--\multitablecolspace=12pt
--\multitablelinespace=0pt
--
--% Macros used to set up halign preamble:
--%
--\let\endsetuptable\relax
--\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
--\let\columnfractions\relax
--\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
--\newif\ifsetpercent
--
--% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might
--% be just 1. We just use it, whatever it is.
--%
--\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {%
-- \global\advance\colcount by 1
-- \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}%
-- \setuptable
--}
--
--\newcount\colcount
--\def\setuptable#1{%
-- \def\firstarg{#1}%
-- \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable
-- \let\go = \relax
-- \else
-- \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions
-- \global\setpercenttrue
-- \else
-- \ifsetpercent
-- \let\go\pickupwholefraction
-- \else
-- \global\advance\colcount by 1
-- \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a
-- % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway.
-- \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
-- \fi
-- \fi
-- \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction
-- % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so
-- % we'll always have a period there to be parsed.
-- \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}%
-- \else
-- \let\go = \setuptable
-- \fi%
-- \fi
-- \go
--}
--
--% multitable-only commands.
--%
--% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold.
--% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group
--% of an alignment entry. Note that \everycr resets \everytab.
--\def\headitem{\checkenv\multitable \crcr \global\everytab={\bf}\the\everytab}%
--%
--% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template
--% line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just `&' until
--% we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again.
--% --karl, nathan at acm.org, 20apr99.
--\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}%
--
--% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
--%
--\newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab.
--%
--\envdef\multitable{%
-- \vskip\parskip
-- \startsavinginserts
-- %
-- % @item within a multitable starts a normal row.
-- % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries
-- % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka
-- % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize.
-- \def\item{\crcr}%
-- %
-- \tolerance=9500
-- \hbadness=9500
-- \setmultitablespacing
-- \parskip=\multitableparskip
-- \parindent=\multitableparindent
-- \overfullrule=0pt
-- \global\colcount=0
-- %
-- \everycr = {%
-- \noalign{%
-- \global\everytab={}%
-- \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter.
-- % Check for saved footnotes, etc.
-- \checkinserts
-- % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
-- %\filbreak
-- % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the
-- % table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the
-- % problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
-- }%
-- }%
-- %
-- \parsearg\domultitable
--}
--\def\domultitable#1{%
-- % To parse everything between @multitable and @item:
-- \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
-- %
-- % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
-- % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
-- % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
-- % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
-- \halign\bgroup &%
-- \global\advance\colcount by 1
-- \multistrut
-- \vtop{%
-- % Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width:
-- \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
-- %
-- % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
-- % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
-- % the first one.
-- %
-- % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
-- % to the width of each template entry.
-- %
-- % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
-- % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
-- % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at
-- % left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
-- %
-- % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
-- \rightskip=0pt
-- \ifnum\colcount=1
-- % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text.
-- \advance\hsize by\leftskip
-- \else
-- \ifsetpercent \else
-- % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
-- % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace.
-- \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
-- \fi
-- % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
-- \leftskip=\multitablecolspace
-- \fi
-- % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
-- % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
-- % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
-- % For example:
-- % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
-- % @item @code{#}
-- % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
-- % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively
-- % marking characters.
-- \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut
-- }\cr
--}
--\def\Emultitable{%
-- \crcr
-- \egroup % end the \halign
-- \global\setpercentfalse
--}
--
--\def\setmultitablespacing{%
-- \def\multistrut{\strut}% just use the standard line spacing
-- %
-- % Compute \multitablelinespace (if not defined by user) for use in
-- % \multitableparskip calculation. We used define \multistrut based on
-- % this, but (ironically) that caused the spacing to be off.
-- % See bug-texinfo report from Werner Lemberg, 31 Oct 2004 12:52:20 +0100.
--\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
--\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip
--\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0
--\fi
--%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
--%% table. If not, do nothing.
--%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
--\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
--\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
--\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
-- %% than skip between lines in the table.
--\fi%
--\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt
--\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
--\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
-- %% than skip between lines in the table.
--\fi}
--
--
--\message{conditionals,}
--
--% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext,
--% @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't
--% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we
--% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't
--% attempt to close an environment group.
--%
--\def\makecond#1{%
-- \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax
-- \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1
--}
--\makecond{iftex}
--\makecond{ifnotdocbook}
--\makecond{ifnothtml}
--\makecond{ifnotinfo}
--\makecond{ifnotplaintext}
--\makecond{ifnotxml}
--
--% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like.
--%
--\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
--\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}}
--\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}}
--\def\html{\doignore{html}}
--\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}}
--\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
--\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
--\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
--\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}}
--\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}}
--\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
--\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
--\def\xml{\doignore{xml}}
--
--% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals.
--%
--% A count to remember the depth of nesting.
--\newcount\doignorecount
--
--\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
-- % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode:
-- \obeylines
-- \catcode`\@ = \other
-- \catcode`\{ = \other
-- \catcode`\} = \other
-- %
-- % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
-- \spaceisspace
-- %
-- % Count number of #1's that we've seen.
-- \doignorecount = 0
-- %
-- % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'.
-- \dodoignore{#1}%
--}
--
--{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source.
-- \obeylines %
-- %
-- \gdef\dodoignore#1{%
-- % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'.
-- %
-- % Define a command to find the next `@end #1'.
-- \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M at end #1{%
-- \doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}%
-- %
-- % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a
-- % line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for
-- % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.)
-- \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}%
-- %
-- % And now expand that command.
-- \doignoretext ^^M%
-- }%
--}
--
--\def\doignoreyyy#1{%
-- \def\temp{#1}%
-- \ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found.
-- \let\next\doignoretextzzz
-- \else % Found a nested condition, ...
-- \advance\doignorecount by 1
-- \let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another.
-- % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example).
-- \fi
-- \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro.
--}
--
--% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_".
--%
--\def\doignoretextzzz#1{%
-- \ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end.
-- \let\next\enddoignore
-- \else % Still inside a nested condition.
-- \advance\doignorecount by -1
-- \let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end.
-- \fi
-- \next
--}
--
--% Finish off ignored text.
--{ \obeylines%
-- % Ignore anything after the last `@end #1'; this matters in verbatim
-- % environments, where otherwise the newline after an ignored conditional
-- % would result in a blank line in the output.
-- \gdef\enddoignore#1^^M{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
--}
--
--
--% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
--% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
--%
--% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
--% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
--% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
--% didn't need it.
--% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10.
--%
--\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
--\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
-- {%
-- \makevalueexpandable
-- \def\temp{#2}%
-- \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}%
-- \ifx\temp\empty
-- \next{}%
-- \else
-- \setzzz#2\endsetzzz
-- \fi
-- }%
--}
--% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
--\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}}
--
--% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
--%
--\parseargdef\clear{%
-- {%
-- \makevalueexpandable
-- \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax
-- }%
--}
--
--% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
--\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx}
--\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
--{
-- \catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active
-- %
-- \gdef\makevalueexpandable{%
-- \let\value = \expandablevalue
-- % We don't want these characters active, ...
-- \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other
-- % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if
-- % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though.
-- % So \let them to their normal equivalents.
-- \let-\realdash \let_\normalunderscore
-- }
--}
--
--% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's
--% properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies).
--% The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since
--% the result winds up in the index file. This means that if the
--% variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain
--% it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work
--% to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete).
--%
--\def\expandablevalue#1{%
-- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
-- {[No value for ``#1'']}%
-- \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}%
-- \else
-- \csname SET#1\endcsname
-- \fi
--}
--
--% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
--% with @set.
--%
--% To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine.
--%
--\makecond{ifset}
--\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}}
--\def\doifset#1#2{%
-- {%
-- \makevalueexpandable
-- \let\next=\empty
-- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax
-- #1% If not set, redefine \next.
-- \fi
-- \expandafter
-- }\next
--}
--\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}}
--
--% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been
--% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
--%
--% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the
--% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set,
--% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail.
--%
--\makecond{ifclear}
--\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}}
--\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}}
--
--% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file
--% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX.
--\let\dircategory=\comment
--
--% @defininfoenclose.
--\let\definfoenclose=\comment
--
--
--\message{indexing,}
--% Index generation facilities
--
--% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
--% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's.
--\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}}
--
--% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo.
--% It automatically defines \fooindex such that
--% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo.
--% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for
--% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo.
--% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
--% for the sake of vms.
--%
--\def\newindex#1{%
-- \iflinks
-- \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
-- \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file
-- \fi
-- \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index
-- \noexpand\doindex{#1}}
--}
--
--% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo}
--%
--\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
--
--% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
--%
--\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
--%
--\def\newcodeindex#1{%
-- \iflinks
-- \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
-- \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1
-- \fi
-- \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
-- \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
--}
--
--
--% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar.
--% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
--%
--% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo
--% inside @code.
--%
--\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
--\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
--
--% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
--% #3 the target index (bar).
--\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
-- % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
-- % closing the target index.
-- \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \relax
-- % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
-- % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
-- \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
-- \expandafter\let\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
-- \fi
-- % redefine \fooindfile:
-- \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
-- \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
-- % redefine \fooindex:
-- \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
--}
--
--% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
--% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
--% and it is "foo", the name of the index.
--
--% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work.
--% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros.
--
--% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
--% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index.
--
--\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer}
--\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
--
--% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
--\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer}
--\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
--
--% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry.
--% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't,
--% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't.
--%
--\def\indexdummies{%
-- \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files.
-- \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files.
-- \def\ {\realbackslash\space }%
-- %
-- % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
-- % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
-- % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.
-- \let\{ = \mylbrace
-- \let\} = \myrbrace
-- %
-- % I don't entirely understand this, but when an index entry is
-- % generated from a macro call, the \endinput which \scanmacro inserts
-- % causes processing to be prematurely terminated. This is,
-- % apparently, because \indexsorttmp is fully expanded, and \endinput
-- % is an expandable command. The redefinition below makes \endinput
-- % disappear altogether for that purpose -- although logging shows that
-- % processing continues to some further point. On the other hand, it
-- % seems \endinput does not hurt in the printed index arg, since that
-- % is still getting written without apparent harm.
-- %
-- % Sample source (mac-idx3.tex, reported by Graham Percival to
-- % help-texinfo, 22may06):
-- % @macro funindex {WORD}
-- % @findex xyz
-- % @end macro
-- % ...
-- % @funindex commtest
-- %
-- % The above is not enough to reproduce the bug, but it gives the flavor.
-- %
-- % Sample whatsit resulting:
-- % . at write3{\entry{xyz}{@folio }{@code {xyz at endinput }}}
-- %
-- % So:
-- \let\endinput = \empty
-- %
-- % Do the redefinitions.
-- \commondummies
--}
--
--% For the aux and toc files, @ is the escape character. So we want to
--% redefine everything using @ as the escape character (instead of
--% \realbackslash, still used for index files). When everything uses @,
--% this will be simpler.
--%
--\def\atdummies{%
-- \def\@{@@}%
-- \def\ {@ }%
-- \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd
-- \let\} = \rbraceatcmd
-- %
-- % Do the redefinitions.
-- \commondummies
-- \otherbackslash
--}
--
--% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies.
--%
--\def\commondummies{%
-- %
-- % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively
-- % preventing its expansion. This is used only for control% words,
-- % not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for
-- % control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
-- % from whatever follows.
-- %
-- % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
-- % space.
-- %
-- % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
-- % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
-- % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
-- %
-- \def\definedummyword ##1{\def##1{\string##1\space}}%
-- \def\definedummyletter##1{\def##1{\string##1}}%
-- \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter
-- %
-- \commondummiesnofonts
-- %
-- \definedummyletter\_%
-- %
-- % Non-English letters.
-- \definedummyword\AA
-- \definedummyword\AE
-- \definedummyword\L
-- \definedummyword\OE
-- \definedummyword\O
-- \definedummyword\aa
-- \definedummyword\ae
-- \definedummyword\l
-- \definedummyword\oe
-- \definedummyword\o
-- \definedummyword\ss
-- \definedummyword\exclamdown
-- \definedummyword\questiondown
-- \definedummyword\ordf
-- \definedummyword\ordm
-- %
-- % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do.
-- \definedummyword\bf
-- \definedummyword\gtr
-- \definedummyword\hat
-- \definedummyword\less
-- \definedummyword\sf
-- \definedummyword\sl
-- \definedummyword\tclose
-- \definedummyword\tt
-- %
-- \definedummyword\LaTeX
-- \definedummyword\TeX
-- %
-- % Assorted special characters.
-- \definedummyword\bullet
-- \definedummyword\comma
-- \definedummyword\copyright
-- \definedummyword\registeredsymbol
-- \definedummyword\dots
-- \definedummyword\enddots
-- \definedummyword\equiv
-- \definedummyword\error
-- \definedummyword\euro
-- \definedummyword\guillemetleft
-- \definedummyword\guillemetright
-- \definedummyword\guilsinglleft
-- \definedummyword\guilsinglright
-- \definedummyword\expansion
-- \definedummyword\minus
-- \definedummyword\pounds
-- \definedummyword\point
-- \definedummyword\print
-- \definedummyword\quotedblbase
-- \definedummyword\quotedblleft
-- \definedummyword\quotedblright
-- \definedummyword\quoteleft
-- \definedummyword\quoteright
-- \definedummyword\quotesinglbase
-- \definedummyword\result
-- \definedummyword\textdegree
-- %
-- % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write.
-- \macrolist
-- %
-- \normalturnoffactive
-- %
-- % Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any
-- % (non-fully-expandable) commands.
-- \makevalueexpandable
--}
--
--% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts.
--%
--\def\commondummiesnofonts{%
-- % Control letters and accents.
-- \definedummyletter\!%
-- \definedummyaccent\"%
-- \definedummyaccent\'%
-- \definedummyletter\*%
-- \definedummyaccent\,%
-- \definedummyletter\.%
-- \definedummyletter\/%
-- \definedummyletter\:%
-- \definedummyaccent\=%
-- \definedummyletter\?%
-- \definedummyaccent\^%
-- \definedummyaccent\`%
-- \definedummyaccent\~%
-- \definedummyword\u
-- \definedummyword\v
-- \definedummyword\H
-- \definedummyword\dotaccent
-- \definedummyword\ringaccent
-- \definedummyword\tieaccent
-- \definedummyword\ubaraccent
-- \definedummyword\udotaccent
-- \definedummyword\dotless
-- %
-- % Texinfo font commands.
-- \definedummyword\b
-- \definedummyword\i
-- \definedummyword\r
-- \definedummyword\sc
-- \definedummyword\t
-- %
-- % Commands that take arguments.
-- \definedummyword\acronym
-- \definedummyword\cite
-- \definedummyword\code
-- \definedummyword\command
-- \definedummyword\dfn
-- \definedummyword\emph
-- \definedummyword\env
-- \definedummyword\file
-- \definedummyword\kbd
-- \definedummyword\key
-- \definedummyword\math
-- \definedummyword\option
-- \definedummyword\pxref
-- \definedummyword\ref
-- \definedummyword\samp
-- \definedummyword\strong
-- \definedummyword\tie
-- \definedummyword\uref
-- \definedummyword\url
-- \definedummyword\var
-- \definedummyword\verb
-- \definedummyword\w
-- \definedummyword\xref
--}
--
--% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
--% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all
--% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
--% would be for a given command (usually its argument).
--%
--\def\indexnofonts{%
-- % Accent commands should become @asis.
-- \def\definedummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}%
-- % We can just ignore other control letters.
-- \def\definedummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}%
-- % Hopefully, all control words can become @asis.
-- \let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent
-- %
-- \commondummiesnofonts
-- %
-- % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
-- % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc.
-- % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands.
-- %\let\tt=\asis
-- %
-- \def\ { }%
-- \def\@{@}%
-- % how to handle braces?
-- \def\_{\normalunderscore}%
-- %
-- % Non-English letters.
-- \def\AA{AA}%
-- \def\AE{AE}%
-- \def\L{L}%
-- \def\OE{OE}%
-- \def\O{O}%
-- \def\aa{aa}%
-- \def\ae{ae}%
-- \def\l{l}%
-- \def\oe{oe}%
-- \def\o{o}%
-- \def\ss{ss}%
-- \def\exclamdown{!}%
-- \def\questiondown{?}%
-- \def\ordf{a}%
-- \def\ordm{o}%
-- %
-- \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}%
-- \def\TeX{TeX}%
-- %
-- % Assorted special characters.
-- % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.)
-- \def\bullet{bullet}%
-- \def\comma{,}%
-- \def\copyright{copyright}%
-- \def\registeredsymbol{R}%
-- \def\dots{...}%
-- \def\enddots{...}%
-- \def\equiv{==}%
-- \def\error{error}%
-- \def\euro{euro}%
-- \def\guillemetleft{<<}%
-- \def\guillemetright{>>}%
-- \def\guilsinglleft{<}%
-- \def\guilsinglright{>}%
-- \def\expansion{==>}%
-- \def\minus{-}%
-- \def\pounds{pounds}%
-- \def\point{.}%
-- \def\print{-|}%
-- \def\quotedblbase{"}%
-- \def\quotedblleft{"}%
-- \def\quotedblright{"}%
-- \def\quoteleft{`}%
-- \def\quoteright{'}%
-- \def\quotesinglbase{,}%
-- \def\result{=>}%
-- \def\textdegree{degrees}%
-- %
-- % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present).
-- % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now.
-- % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up
-- % writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry
-- % that starts with \.
-- %
-- % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them
-- % to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that
-- % goes to end-of-line is not handled.
-- %
-- \macrolist
--}
--
--\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex.
--\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)?
--
--% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case.
--% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text.
--\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}}
--
--% Workhorse for all \fooindexes.
--% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry --
--% empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception
--% is with most defuns, which call us directly).
--%
--\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
-- \iflinks
-- {%
-- % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg).
-- \toks0 = {#2}%
-- % If third arg is present, precede it with a space.
-- \def\thirdarg{#3}%
-- \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else
-- \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
-- \fi
-- %
-- \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
-- %
-- \safewhatsit\dosubindwrite
-- }%
-- \fi
--}
--
--% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file:
--%
--\def\dosubindwrite{%
-- % Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
-- \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
-- \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}%
-- \fi
-- %
-- % Remember, we are within a group.
-- \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
-- \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
-- % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
-- %
-- % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to
-- % get the string to sort by.
-- {\indexnofonts
-- \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion
-- \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}%
-- }%
-- %
-- % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
-- % the original text, including any font commands. We write
-- % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
-- % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
-- % sorted result.
-- \edef\temp{%
-- \write\writeto{%
-- \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
-- }%
-- \temp
--}
--
--% Take care of unwanted page breaks/skips around a whatsit:
--%
--% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
--% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
--% the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
--% \write or \pdfdest will make \lastskip zero. The result is that
--% sequences like this:
--% @end defun
--% @tindex whatever
--% @defun ...
--% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
--% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
--% the previous defun.
--%
--% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We
--% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
--%
--% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
--%
--% But wait, there is a catch there:
--% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip. \ifdim is not
--% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts
--% of the skip. The only way seems to be to check the textual
--% representation of the skip.
--%
--% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that
--% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter).
--%
--\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z at skip\endcsname}
--%
--\newskip\whatsitskip
--\newcount\whatsitpenalty
--%
--% ..., ready, GO:
--%
--\def\safewhatsit#1{%
--\ifhmode
-- #1%
--\else
-- % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously.
-- \whatsitskip = \lastskip
-- \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}%
-- \whatsitpenalty = \lastpenalty
-- %
-- % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a
-- % skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this
-- % -\whatsitskip glue we're inserting is preceded by a
-- % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential
-- % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed.
-- \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
-- \else
-- \vskip-\whatsitskip
-- \fi
-- %
-- #1%
-- %
-- \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
-- % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and
-- % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak. In that case, we want
-- % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various
-- % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any
-- % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example:
-- %
-- % @deffn deffn-whatever
-- % @vindex index-whatever
-- % Description.
-- % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit
-- % and the "Description." paragraph.
-- \ifnum\whatsitpenalty>9999 \penalty\whatsitpenalty \fi
-- \else
-- % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip,
-- % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item
-- % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak.
-- \nobreak\vskip\whatsitskip
-- \fi
--\fi
--}
--
--% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
--% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
--% or
--% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic}
--% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files
--% containing these kinds of lines:
--% \initial {c}
--% before the first topic whose initial is c
--% \entry {topic}{pagelist}
--% for a topic that is used without subtopics
--% \primary {topic}
--% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics
--% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist}
--% for each subtopic.
--
--% Define the user-accessible indexing commands
--% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex.
--
--\def\findex {\fnindex}
--\def\kindex {\kyindex}
--\def\cindex {\cpindex}
--\def\vindex {\vrindex}
--\def\tindex {\tpindex}
--\def\pindex {\pgindex}
--
--\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub}
--{\obeylines %
--\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup %
--\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}}
--
--% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
--
--% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
--% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered).
--%
--\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup
-- \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
-- %
-- \smallfonts \rm
-- \tolerance = 9500
-- \plainfrenchspacing
-- \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression.
-- %
-- % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
-- % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains
-- % \initial {@}
-- % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces
-- % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence).
-- \catcode`\@ = 11
-- \openin 1 \jobname.#1s
-- \ifeof 1
-- % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
-- % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
-- % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
-- % there is some text.
-- \putwordIndexNonexistent
-- \else
-- %
-- % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
-- % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
-- % it can discover if there is anything in it.
-- \read 1 to \temp
-- \ifeof 1
-- \putwordIndexIsEmpty
-- \else
-- % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
-- % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
-- % to make right now.
-- \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}%
-- \catcode`\\ = 0
-- \escapechar = `\\
-- \begindoublecolumns
-- \input \jobname.#1s
-- \enddoublecolumns
-- \fi
-- \fi
-- \closein 1
--\endgroup}
--
--% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
--% Change them to control the appearance of the index.
--
--\def\initial#1{{%
-- % Some minor font changes for the special characters.
-- \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt
-- %
-- % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
-- \removelastskip
-- %
-- % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
-- \nobreak
-- \vskip 0pt plus 3\baselineskip
-- \penalty 0
-- \vskip 0pt plus -3\baselineskip
-- %
-- % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of
-- % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
-- % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch
-- % we need before each entry, but it's better.
-- %
-- % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
-- \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip
-- \leftline{\secbf #1}%
-- % Do our best not to break after the initial.
-- \nobreak
-- \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
--}}
--
--% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and
--% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index
--% and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
--%
--% A straightforward implementation would start like this:
--% \def\entry#1#2{...
--% But this freezes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to
--% @code, which sets - active. This problem was fixed by a kludge---
--% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right.
--%
--% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text.
--% --kasal, 21nov03
--\def\entry{%
-- \begingroup
-- %
-- % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
-- % affect previous text.
-- \par
-- %
-- % Do not fill out the last line with white space.
-- \parfillskip = 0in
-- %
-- % No extra space above this paragraph.
-- \parskip = 0in
-- %
-- % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
-- \finalhyphendemerits = 0
-- %
-- % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number
-- % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the
-- % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large
-- % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across
-- % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders.
-- %
-- % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
-- % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
-- \hangindent = 2em
-- %
-- % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
-- % with blank space.
-- \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
-- %
-- % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing
-- % columns.
-- \vskip 0pt plus1pt
-- %
-- % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter):
-- \afterassignment\doentry
-- \let\temp =
--}
--\def\doentry{%
-- \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace.
-- \noindent
-- \aftergroup\finishentry
-- % And now comes the text of the entry.
--}
--\def\finishentry#1{%
-- % #1 is the page number.
-- %
-- % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
-- % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be
-- % cursed by a Unix daemon.
-- \setbox\boxA = \hbox{#1}%
-- \ifdim\wd\boxA = 0pt
-- \ %
-- \else
-- %
-- % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
-- % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
-- % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.)
-- \hfil\penalty50
-- \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
-- %
-- % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
-- % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull
-- % \hbox ensues.
-- \ifpdf
-- \pdfgettoks#1.%
-- \ \the\toksA
-- \else
-- \ #1%
-- \fi
-- \fi
-- \par
-- \endgroup
--}
--
--% Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em.
--\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
-- \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
--
--\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
--
--\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm
--\def\secondary#1#2{{%
-- \parfillskip=0in
-- \parskip=0in
-- \hangindent=1in
-- \hangafter=1
-- \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill
-- \ifpdf
-- \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
-- \else
-- #2
-- \fi
-- \par
--}}
--
--% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
--% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
--% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
--\catcode`\@=11
--
--\newbox\partialpage
--\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
--
--\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
-- % Grab any single-column material above us.
-- \output = {%
-- %
-- % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a
-- % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output
-- % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is
-- % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In
-- % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal
-- % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this
-- % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case.
-- \ifvoid\partialpage \else
-- \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}%
-- \fi
-- %
-- \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
-- % Unvbox the main output page.
-- \unvbox\PAGE
-- \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
-- }%
-- }%
-- \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage
-- %
-- % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages.
-- \output = {\doublecolumnout}%
-- %
-- % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this
-- % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11
-- % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple
-- % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the
-- % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place.
-- %
-- % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between
-- % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it
-- % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant
-- % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt)
-- % as it did when we hard-coded it.
-- %
-- % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we
-- % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially)
-- % been clobbered.
-- %
-- \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize
-- \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize
-- \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
-- \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
-- %
-- % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here,
-- % since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
-- \vsize = 2\vsize
--}
--
--% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
--% the last.
--%
--\def\doublecolumnout{%
-- \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
-- % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
-- % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
-- % previous page.
-- \dimen@ = \vsize
-- \divide\dimen@ by 2
-- \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage
-- %
-- % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
-- \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
-- \onepageout\pagesofar
-- \unvbox255
-- \penalty\outputpenalty
--}
--%
--% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
--% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
--\def\pagesofar{%
-- \unvbox\partialpage
-- %
-- \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
-- \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
-- \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
--}
--%
--% All done with double columns.
--\def\enddoublecolumns{%
-- % The following penalty ensures that the page builder is exercised
-- % _before_ we change the output routine. This is necessary in the
-- % following situation:
-- %
-- % The last section of the index consists only of a single entry.
-- % Before this section, \pagetotal is less than \pagegoal, so no
-- % break occurs before the last section starts. However, the last
-- % section, consisting of \initial and the single \entry, does not
-- % fit on the page and has to be broken off. Without the following
-- % penalty the page builder will not be exercised until \eject
-- % below, and by that time we'll already have changed the output
-- % routine to the \balancecolumns version, so the next-to-last
-- % double-column page will be processed with \balancecolumns, which
-- % is wrong: The two columns will go to the main vertical list, with
-- % the broken-off section in the recent contributions. As soon as
-- % the output routine finishes, TeX starts reconsidering the page
-- % break. The two columns and the broken-off section both fit on the
-- % page, because the two columns now take up only half of the page
-- % goal. When TeX sees \eject from below which follows the final
-- % section, it invokes the new output routine that we've set after
-- % \balancecolumns below; \onepageout will try to fit the two columns
-- % and the final section into the vbox of \pageheight (see
-- % \pagebody), causing an overfull box.
-- %
-- % Note that glue won't work here, because glue does not exercise the
-- % page builder, unlike penalties (see The TeXbook, pp. 280-281).
-- \penalty0
-- %
-- \output = {%
-- % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the
-- % current page, no automatic page break.
-- \balancecolumns
-- %
-- % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page,
-- % though, there will be another page break right after this \output
-- % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
-- % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal
-- % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be
-- % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes
-- % the output somewhat more palatable.)
-- \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}%
-- }%
-- \eject
-- \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
-- %
-- % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
-- % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column
-- % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the
-- % \endgroup where \vsize got restored).
-- \pagegoal = \vsize
--}
--%
--% Called at the end of the double column material.
--\def\balancecolumns{%
-- \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
-- \dimen@ = \ht0
-- \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
-- \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
-- \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
-- %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen at .}%
-- \splittopskip = \topskip
-- % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint.
-- {%
-- \vbadness = 10000
-- \loop
-- \global\setbox3 = \copy0
-- \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
-- \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@
-- \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
-- \repeat
-- }%
-- %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}%
-- \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}%
-- \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}%
-- %
-- \pagesofar
--}
--\catcode`\@ = \other
--
--
--\message{sectioning,}
--% Chapters, sections, etc.
--
--% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron, of course. But we count the unnumbered
--% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf
--% outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter
--% numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000
--% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.)
--\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000
--\newcount\chapno
--\newcount\secno \secno=0
--\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0
--\newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0
--
--% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
--\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@
--%
--% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
--% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple
--% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
--% letter in the expansion, not just typeset.
--%
--\def\appendixletter{%
-- \ifnum\appendixno=`A A%
-- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B%
-- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C%
-- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D%
-- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E%
-- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F%
-- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G%
-- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H%
-- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I%
-- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J%
-- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K%
-- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L%
-- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M%
-- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N%
-- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O%
-- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P%
-- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q%
-- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R%
-- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S%
-- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T%
-- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U%
-- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V%
-- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W%
-- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X%
-- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y%
-- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z%
-- % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is
-- % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not
-- % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out
-- % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it.
-- \else\char\the\appendixno
-- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
-- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
--
--% Each @chapter defines these (using marks) as the number+name, number
--% and name of the chapter. Page headings and footings can use
--% these. @section does likewise.
--\def\thischapter{}
--\def\thischapternum{}
--\def\thischaptername{}
--\def\thissection{}
--\def\thissectionnum{}
--\def\thissectionname{}
--
--\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
--\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count
--
--% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
--\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
--\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name
--
--% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
--\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
--\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name
--
--% we only have subsub.
--\chardef\maxseclevel = 3
--%
--% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too.
--% To achive this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in:
--\chardef\unmlevel = \maxseclevel
--%
--% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not:
--% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored.
--\def\chapheadtype{N}
--
--% Choose a heading macro
--% #1 is heading type
--% #2 is heading level
--% #3 is text for heading
--\def\genhead#1#2#3{%
-- % Compute the abs. sec. level:
-- \absseclevel=#2
-- \advance\absseclevel by \secbase
-- % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range:
-- \ifnum \absseclevel < 0
-- \absseclevel = 0
-- \else
-- \ifnum \absseclevel > 3
-- \absseclevel = 3
-- \fi
-- \fi
-- % The heading type:
-- \def\headtype{#1}%
-- \if \headtype U%
-- \ifnum \absseclevel < \unmlevel
-- \chardef\unmlevel = \absseclevel
-- \fi
-- \else
-- % Check for appendix sections:
-- \ifnum \absseclevel = 0
-- \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}%
-- \else
-- \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N%
-- \errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}%
-- \fi\fi
-- \fi
-- % Check for numbered within unnumbered:
-- \ifnum \absseclevel > \unmlevel
-- \def\headtype{U}%
-- \else
-- \chardef\unmlevel = 3
-- \fi
-- \fi
-- % Now print the heading:
-- \if \headtype U%
-- \ifcase\absseclevel
-- \unnumberedzzz{#3}%
-- \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}%
-- \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}%
-- \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
-- \fi
-- \else
-- \if \headtype A%
-- \ifcase\absseclevel
-- \appendixzzz{#3}%
-- \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}%
-- \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}%
-- \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}%
-- \fi
-- \else
-- \ifcase\absseclevel
-- \chapterzzz{#3}%
-- \or \seczzz{#3}%
-- \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}%
-- \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
-- \fi
-- \fi
-- \fi
-- \suppressfirstparagraphindent
--}
--
--% an interface:
--\def\numhead{\genhead N}
--\def\apphead{\genhead A}
--\def\unnmhead{\genhead U}
--
--% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset
--% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero.
--%
--% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers
--% (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty.
--\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
--%
--\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
--\def\chapterzzz#1{%
-- % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such
-- % as an @include file.
-- \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
-- \global\advance\chapno by 1
-- %
-- % Used for \float.
-- \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}%
-- \resetallfloatnos
-- %
-- \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}%
-- %
-- % Write the actual heading.
-- \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}%
-- %
-- % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter.
-- \global\let\section = \numberedsec
-- \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
-- \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
--}
--
--\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz
--\def\appendixzzz#1{%
-- \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
-- \global\advance\appendixno by 1
-- \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}%
-- \resetallfloatnos
-- %
-- \def\appendixnum{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}%
-- \message{\appendixnum}%
-- %
-- \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}%
-- %
-- \global\let\section = \appendixsec
-- \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
-- \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
--}
--
--\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz
--\def\unnumberedzzz#1{%
-- \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
-- \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1
-- %
-- % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures.
-- \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
-- \resetallfloatnos
-- %
-- % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
-- % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
-- % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX
-- % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
-- % to be executed, not expanded).
-- %
-- % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
-- % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use
-- % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
-- % simply yielding the contents of <toks register>. (We also do this for
-- % the toc entries.)
-- \toks0 = {#1}%
-- \message{(\the\toks0)}%
-- %
-- \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}%
-- %
-- \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
-- \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
-- \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
--}
--
--% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
--\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{%
-- % Well, we could do the following in a group, but that would break
-- % an assumption that \chapmacro is called at the outermost level.
-- % Thus we are safer this way: --kasal, 24feb04
-- \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters
-- \unnmhead0{#1}%
-- \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
--}
--
--% @top is like @unnumbered.
--\let\top\unnumbered
--
--% Sections.
--\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
--\def\seczzz#1{%
-- \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
-- \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}%
--}
--
--\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz
--\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{%
-- \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
-- \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}%
--}
--\let\appendixsec\appendixsection
--
--\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz
--\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{%
-- \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
-- \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}%
--}
--
--% Subsections.
--\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz
--\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{%
-- \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
-- \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
--}
--
--\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz
--\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{%
-- \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
-- \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}%
-- {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
--}
--
--\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz
--\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{%
-- \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
-- \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}%
-- {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
--}
--
--% Subsubsections.
--\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz
--\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
-- \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
-- \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}%
-- {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
--}
--
--\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz
--\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{%
-- \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
-- \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}%
-- {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
--}
--
--\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz
--\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
-- \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
-- \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}%
-- {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
--}
--
--% These macros control what the section commands do, according
--% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
--% Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
--\let\section = \numberedsec
--\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
--\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
--
--% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
--
--% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such:
--% 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit
--% overlong headings to fold.
--% 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a
--% heading is obnoxious; this forbids it.
--% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and
--% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright.
--
--
--\def\majorheading{%
-- {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
-- \parsearg\chapheadingzzz
--}
--
--\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
--\def\chapheadingzzz#1{%
-- {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
-- \parindent=0pt\raggedright
-- \rm #1\hfill}}%
-- \bigskip \par\penalty 200\relax
-- \suppressfirstparagraphindent
--}
--
--% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
--\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
-- \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
--\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
-- \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
--\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
-- \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
--
--% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
--% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
--% given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
--
--%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
--\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
--
--%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it
--% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
--
--\newskip\chapheadingskip
--
--\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
--\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
--% Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will
--% get the headings for the next chapter, which is wrong. But we don't
--% care -- we just disable all headings on the filler page.
--\def\chapoddpage{%
-- \chappager
-- \ifodd\pageno \else
-- \begingroup
-- \evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}%
-- \oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}%
-- \hbox to 0pt{}%
-- \chappager
-- \endgroup
-- \fi
--}
--
--\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
--
--\def\CHAPPAGoff{%
--\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
--\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak
--\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager}
--
--\def\CHAPPAGon{%
--\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
--\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager
--\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager
--\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
--
--\def\CHAPPAGodd{%
--\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
--\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
--\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage
--\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
--
--\CHAPPAGon
--
--% Chapter opening.
--%
--% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing,
--% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number.
--%
--% To test against our argument.
--\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing}
--\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
--\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix}
--%
--\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{%
-- % Insert the first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
-- \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs
-- \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
-- \gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
-- \gdef\thissection{}}%
-- %
-- \def\temptype{#2}%
-- \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
-- \gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
-- \gdef\thischapter{\thischaptername}}%
-- \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
-- \gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
-- \gdef\thischapter{}}%
-- \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
-- \toks0={#1}%
-- \xdef\lastchapterdefs{%
-- \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
-- \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\appendixletter}%
-- \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \noexpand\thischapternum:
-- \noexpand\thischaptername}%
-- }%
-- \else
-- \toks0={#1}%
-- \xdef\lastchapterdefs{%
-- \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
-- \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\the\chapno}%
-- \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \noexpand\thischapternum:
-- \noexpand\thischaptername}%
-- }%
-- \fi\fi\fi
-- %
-- % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of
-- % the preceding space.
-- \safewhatsit\domark
-- %
-- % Insert the chapter heading break.
-- \pchapsepmacro
-- %
-- % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points
-- % between here and the heading.
-- \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs
-- \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
-- \domark
-- %
-- {%
-- \chapfonts \rm
-- %
-- % Have to define \lastsection before calling \donoderef, because the
-- % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called
-- % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon.
-- \gdef\lastsection{#1}%
-- %
-- % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix
-- % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''.
-- \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
-- \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
-- \def\toctype{unnchap}%
-- \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
-- \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry
-- \def\toctype{omit}%
-- \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
-- \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}%
-- \def\toctype{app}%
-- \else
-- \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}%
-- \def\toctype{numchap}%
-- \fi\fi\fi
-- %
-- % Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the
-- % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc
-- % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty.
-- \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}%
-- %
-- % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make
-- % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has
-- % been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the
-- % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not
-- % being visible, for instance under high magnification.
-- \donoderef{#2}%
-- %
-- % Typeset the actual heading.
-- \nobreak % Avoid page breaks at the interline glue.
-- \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
-- \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
-- \unhbox0 #1\par}%
-- }%
-- \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
-- \nobreak
--}
--
--% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
--\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
--\def\centerparameters{%
-- \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
-- \leftskip = \rightskip
-- \parfillskip = 0pt
--}
--
--
--% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not
--% updating it with the new noderef stuff. We'll see. --karl, 11aug03.
--%
--\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
--%
--\def\unnchfopen #1{%
--\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
-- \parindent=0pt\raggedright
-- \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
--}
--\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts
--\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}%
--\par\penalty 5000 %
--}
--\def\centerchfopen #1{%
--\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
-- \parindent=0pt
-- \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
--}
--\def\CHAPFopen{%
-- \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
-- \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
--
--
--% Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and
--% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing.
--%
--\newskip\secheadingskip
--\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}}
--
--% Subsection titles.
--\newskip\subsecheadingskip
--\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}}
--
--% Subsubsection titles.
--\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip}
--\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak}
--
--
--% Print any size, any type, section title.
--%
--% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is
--% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the
--% section number.
--%
--\def\seckeyword{sec}
--%
--\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{%
-- {%
-- % Switch to the right set of fonts.
-- \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm
-- %
-- \def\sectionlevel{#2}%
-- \def\temptype{#3}%
-- %
-- % Insert first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
-- \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
-- \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
-- \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
-- \gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{#1}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
-- \gdef\thissection{\thissectionname}}%
-- \fi
-- \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
-- % Don't redefine \thissection.
-- \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
-- \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
-- \toks0={#1}%
-- \xdef\lastsectiondefs{%
-- \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
-- \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
-- \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\putwordSection{} \noexpand\thissectionnum:
-- \noexpand\thissectionname}%
-- }%
-- \fi
-- \else
-- \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
-- \toks0={#1}%
-- \xdef\lastsectiondefs{%
-- \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
-- \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
-- \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\putwordSection{} \noexpand\thissectionnum:
-- \noexpand\thissectionname}%
-- }%
-- \fi
-- \fi\fi\fi
-- %
-- % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of
-- % the preceding space.
-- \safewhatsit\domark
-- %
-- % Insert space above the heading.
-- \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname
-- %
-- % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points
-- % between here and the heading.
-- \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
-- \domark
-- %
-- % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number.
-- \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
-- \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
-- \def\toctype{unn}%
-- \gdef\lastsection{#1}%
-- \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
-- % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc,
-- % and don't redefine \lastsection.
-- \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
-- \def\toctype{omit}%
-- \let\sectionlevel=\empty
-- \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
-- \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
-- \def\toctype{app}%
-- \gdef\lastsection{#1}%
-- \else
-- \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
-- \def\toctype{num}%
-- \gdef\lastsection{#1}%
-- \fi\fi\fi
-- %
-- % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chapmacro.
-- \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}%
-- %
-- % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex).
-- % Again, see comments in \chapmacro.
-- \donoderef{#3}%
-- %
-- % Interline glue will be inserted when the vbox is completed.
-- % That glue will be a valid breakpoint for the page, since it'll be
-- % preceded by a whatsit (usually from the \donoderef, or from the
-- % \writetocentry if there was no node). We don't want to allow that
-- % break, since then the whatsits could end up on page n while the
-- % section is on page n+1, thus toc/etc. are wrong. Debian bug 276000.
-- \nobreak
-- %
-- % Output the actual section heading.
-- \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
-- \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number
-- \unhbox0 #1}%
-- }%
-- % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it.
-- % Don't allow stretch, though.
-- \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname
-- %
-- % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it
-- % was followed by glue.
-- \nobreak
-- %
-- % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that
-- % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a
-- % discardable item.)
-- \vskip-\parskip
-- %
-- % This is purely so the last item on the list is a known \penalty >
-- % 10000. This is so \startdefun can avoid allowing breakpoints after
-- % section headings. Otherwise, it would insert a valid breakpoint between:
-- %
-- % @section sec-whatever
-- % @deffn def-whatever
-- \penalty 10001
--}
--
--
--\message{toc,}
--% Table of contents.
--\newwrite\tocfile
--
--% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
--% Called from @chapter, etc.
--%
--% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}
--% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional
--% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually
--% read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the
--% destination to jump to.
--%
--% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or
--% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document.
--% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the
--% table of contents chapter openings themselves.
--%
--\newif\iftocfileopened
--\def\omitkeyword{omit}%
--%
--\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{%
-- \edef\writetoctype{#1}%
-- \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else
-- \iftocfileopened\else
-- \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
-- \global\tocfileopenedtrue
-- \fi
-- %
-- \iflinks
-- {\atdummies
-- \edef\temp{%
-- \write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-- \temp
-- }%
-- \fi
-- \fi
-- %
-- % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're
-- % writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't
-- % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered
-- % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first
-- % two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named
-- % `1', and two named `2'.
-- \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
--}
--
--
--% These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman
--% fonts, so we must take special care. This is more or less redundant
--% with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file.
--%
--\def\activecatcodes{%
-- \catcode`\"=\active
-- \catcode`\$=\active
-- \catcode`\<=\active
-- \catcode`\>=\active
-- \catcode`\\=\active
-- \catcode`\^=\active
-- \catcode`\_=\active
-- \catcode`\|=\active
-- \catcode`\~=\active
--}
--
--
--% Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input.
--\def\readtocfile{%
-- \setupdatafile
-- \activecatcodes
-- \input \tocreadfilename
--}
--
--\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
--\newcount\savepageno
--\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
--
--% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile.
--%
--\def\startcontents#1{%
-- % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
-- % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain
-- % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro.
-- % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege at matematik.su.se>
-- \contentsalignmacro
-- \immediate\closeout\tocfile
-- %
-- % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
-- % It is abundantly clear what they are.
-- \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
-- %
-- \savepageno = \pageno
-- \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly.
-- \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
-- \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
-- %
-- % Roman numerals for page numbers.
-- \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
--}
--
--% redefined for the two-volume lispref. We always output on
--% \jobname.toc even if this is redefined.
--%
--\def\tocreadfilename{\jobname.toc}
--
--% Normal (long) toc.
--%
--\def\contents{%
-- \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
-- \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space
-- \ifeof 1 \else
-- \readtocfile
-- \fi
-- \vfill \eject
-- \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
-- \ifeof 1 \else
-- \pdfmakeoutlines
-- \fi
-- \closein 1
-- \endgroup
-- \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
-- \global\pageno = \savepageno
--}
--
--% And just the chapters.
--\def\summarycontents{%
-- \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
-- %
-- \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry
-- \let\appentry = \shortchapentry
-- \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry
-- % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
-- \secfonts
-- \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf
-- \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt
-- \rm
-- \hyphenpenalty = 10000
-- \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
-- \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{}
-- \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry
-- \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry
-- \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry
-- \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry
-- \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry
-- \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
-- \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
-- \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
-- \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space
-- \ifeof 1 \else
-- \readtocfile
-- \fi
-- \closein 1
-- \vfill \eject
-- \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
-- \endgroup
-- \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
-- \global\pageno = \savepageno
--}
--\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
--
--% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
--% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
--%
--\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
-- % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the
-- % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
-- % But use \hss just in case.
-- % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
-- % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
-- %
-- % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange
-- % with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and
-- % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10
-- % chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters
-- % there are before deciding ...
-- \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}%
--}
--
--% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
--% The first argument is the chapter or section name.
--% The last argument is the page number.
--% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
--
--% Chapters, in the main contents.
--\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
--%
--% Chapters, in the short toc.
--% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings.
--\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{%
-- \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}%
--}
--
--% Appendices, in the main contents.
--% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box.
--%
--\def\appendixbox#1{%
-- % We use M since it's probably the widest letter.
-- \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}%
-- \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}}
--%
--\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}}
--
--% Unnumbered chapters.
--\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}}
--\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}}
--
--% Sections.
--\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
--\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry
--\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}}
--
--% Subsections.
--\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
--\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry
--\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
--
--% And subsubsections.
--\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
--\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry
--\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
--
--% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
--% Same as \defaultparindent.
--\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt
--
--% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
--% page number.
--%
--% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters
--% if at all possible; hence the \penalty.
--\def\dochapentry#1#2{%
-- \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
-- \begingroup
-- \chapentryfonts
-- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
-- \endgroup
-- \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip
--}
--
--\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup
-- \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent
-- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
--\endgroup}
--
--\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
-- \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent
-- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
--\endgroup}
--
--\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
-- \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent
-- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
--\endgroup}
--
--% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries.
--\let\tocentry = \entry
--
--% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
--\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax}
--
--\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}}
--\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}}
--
--\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm}
--\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts}
--\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
--\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
--
--
--\message{environments,}
--% @foo ... @end foo.
--
--% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
--%
--% Since these characters are used in examples, they should be an even number of
--% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
--%
--\def\point{$\star$}
--\def\arrow{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\rightarrow$\hfil}}
--\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
--\def\expansion{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
--\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
--\def\equiv{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
--
--% The @error{} command.
--% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
--%
--\newbox\errorbox
--%
--{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
--\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
--% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
--\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf error\kern-1.5pt}
--%
--\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
-- \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
-- \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
-- \vbox{%
-- \hrule height\dimen2
-- \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text.
-- \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
-- \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
-- \hrule height\dimen2}
-- \hfil}
--%
--\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
--
--% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily.
--% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
--% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character.
--
--\envdef\tex{%
-- \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
-- \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
-- \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie
-- \catcode `\%=14
-- \catcode `\+=\other
-- \catcode `\"=\other
-- \catcode `\|=\other
-- \catcode `\<=\other
-- \catcode `\>=\other
-- \escapechar=`\\
-- %
-- \let\b=\ptexb
-- \let\bullet=\ptexbullet
-- \let\c=\ptexc
-- \let\,=\ptexcomma
-- \let\.=\ptexdot
-- \let\dots=\ptexdots
-- \let\equiv=\ptexequiv
-- \let\!=\ptexexclam
-- \let\i=\ptexi
-- \let\indent=\ptexindent
-- \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
-- \let\{=\ptexlbrace
-- \let\+=\tabalign
-- \let\}=\ptexrbrace
-- \let\/=\ptexslash
-- \let\*=\ptexstar
-- \let\t=\ptext
-- \expandafter \let\csname top\endcsname=\ptextop % outer
-- \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing
-- %
-- \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
-- \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
-- \def\@{@}%
--}
--% There is no need to define \Etex.
--
--% Define @lisp ... @end lisp.
--% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things,
--% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous).
--
--% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
--\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in
--
--% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other
--% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't
--% have any width.
--\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf}
--
--% This space is always present above and below environments.
--\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt
--
--% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here
--% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
--% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
--% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip.
--%
--\def\aboveenvbreak{{%
-- % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
-- % \sectionheading, q.v.
-- \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
-- \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
-- \endgraf
-- \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
-- \removelastskip
-- % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak
-- % or better ...
-- \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi
-- \vskip\envskipamount
-- \fi
-- \fi
--}}
--
--\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
--
--% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will
--% also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again.
--\let\nonarrowing=\relax
--
--% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
--% environment contents.
--\font\circle=lcircle10
--\newdimen\circthick
--\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
--\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
--\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
--%
--\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth
--\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}}
--\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}}
--\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}}
--\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
-- \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr
-- \hskip\rskip}}
--\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
-- \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr
-- \hskip\rskip}}
--%
--\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
--
--\envdef\cartouche{%
-- \ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph.
-- \startsavinginserts
-- \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
-- \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*.
-- \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
-- \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
-- \cartouter=\hsize
-- \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
-- % side, and for 6pt waste from
-- % each corner char, and rule thickness
-- \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
-- % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
-- \let\nonarrowing = t%
-- \vbox\bgroup
-- \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
-- \carttop
-- \hbox\bgroup
-- \hskip\lskip
-- \vrule\kern3pt
-- \vbox\bgroup
-- \kern3pt
-- \hsize=\cartinner
-- \baselineskip=\normbskip
-- \lineskip=\normlskip
-- \parskip=\normpskip
-- \vskip -\parskip
-- \comment % For explanation, see the end of \def\group.
--}
--\def\Ecartouche{%
-- \ifhmode\par\fi
-- \kern3pt
-- \egroup
-- \kern3pt\vrule
-- \hskip\rskip
-- \egroup
-- \cartbot
-- \egroup
-- \checkinserts
--}
--
--
--% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
--% inside a group.
--\def\nonfillstart{%
-- \aboveenvbreak
-- \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy
-- \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
-- \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
-- \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
-- \parskip = 0pt
-- \parindent = 0pt
-- \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
-- \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
-- \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
-- \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
-- \else
-- \let\nonarrowing = \relax
-- \fi
-- \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
--}
--
--% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small.
--% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall.
--% This affects the following displayed environments:
--% @example, @display, @format, @lisp
--%
--\def\smallword{small}
--\def\nosmallword{nosmall}
--\let\SETdispenvsize\relax
--\def\setnormaldispenv{%
-- \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword
-- % end paragraph for sake of leading, in case document has no blank
-- % line. This is redundant with what happens in \aboveenvbreak, but
-- % we need to do it before changing the fonts, and it's inconvenient
-- % to change the fonts afterward.
-- \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi
-- \smallexamplefonts \rm
-- \fi
--}
--\def\setsmalldispenv{%
-- \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword
-- \else
-- \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi
-- \smallexamplefonts \rm
-- \fi
--}
--
--% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo.
--% Let's do it by one command:
--\def\makedispenv #1#2{
-- \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}
-- \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}
-- \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
-- \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
--}
--
--% Define two synonyms:
--\def\maketwodispenvs #1#2#3{
-- \makedispenv{#1}{#3}
-- \makedispenv{#2}{#3}
--}
--
--% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; @example: same as @lisp.
--%
--% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts.
--% Originally contributed by Pavel at xerox.
--%
--\maketwodispenvs {lisp}{example}{%
-- \nonfillstart
-- \tt\quoteexpand
-- \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
-- \gobble % eat return
--}
--% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font.
--%
--\makedispenv {display}{%
-- \nonfillstart
-- \gobble
--}
--
--% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
--%
--\makedispenv{format}{%
-- \let\nonarrowing = t%
-- \nonfillstart
-- \gobble
--}
--
--% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize.
--\envdef\flushleft{%
-- \let\nonarrowing = t%
-- \nonfillstart
-- \gobble
--}
--\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak
--
--% @flushright.
--%
--\envdef\flushright{%
-- \let\nonarrowing = t%
-- \nonfillstart
-- \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill
-- \gobble
--}
--\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak
--
--
--% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
--% and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since
--% we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and
--% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0.
--%
--\envdef\quotation{%
-- {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
-- \parindent=0pt
-- %
-- % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
-- \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
-- \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
-- \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
-- \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
-- \else
-- \let\nonarrowing = \relax
-- \fi
-- \parsearg\quotationlabel
--}
--
--% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
--% doing normal filling.
--%
--\def\Equotation{%
-- \par
-- \ifx\quotationauthor\undefined\else
-- % indent a bit.
-- \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}%
-- \fi
-- {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
--}
--
--% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after.
--\def\quotationlabel#1{%
-- \def\temp{#1}%
-- \ifx\temp\empty \else
-- {\bf #1: }%
-- \fi
--}
--
--
--% LaTeX-like @verbatim... at end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
--% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter,
--% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
--% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke at gnu.org
--%
--% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook.
--%
--% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets
--% active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a
--% verbatim line.
--\def\dospecials{%
-- \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
-- \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~%
-- \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"%
--}
--%
--% [Knuth] p. 380
--\def\uncatcodespecials{%
-- \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials}
--%
--% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
--% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font
--\begingroup
-- \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq}
--\endgroup
--%
--% Setup for the @verb command.
--%
--% Eight spaces for a tab
--\begingroup
-- \catcode`\^^I=\active
-- \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
--\endgroup
--%
--\def\setupverb{%
-- \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
-- \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
-- \catcode`\`=\active
-- \tabeightspaces
-- % Respect line breaks,
-- % print special symbols as themselves, and
-- % make each space count
-- % must do in this order:
-- \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
--}
--
--% Setup for the @verbatim environment
--%
--% Real tab expansion
--\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
--%
--\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup}
--
--% Allow an option to not replace quotes with a regular directed right
--% quote/apostrophe (char 0x27), but instead use the undirected quote
--% from cmtt (char 0x0d). The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it
--% the default, but it works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least
--% evince), the lilypond developers report. xpdf does work with the
--% regular 0x27.
--%
--\def\codequoteright{%
-- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
-- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
-- '%
-- \else \char'15 \fi
-- \else \char'15 \fi
--}
--%
--% and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent.
--% Modern fonts display ASCII 0x60 as a grave accent, so some people like
--% the code environments to do likewise.
--%
--\def\codequoteleft{%
-- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
-- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
-- `%
-- \else \char'22 \fi
-- \else \char'22 \fi
--}
--%
--\begingroup
-- \catcode`\^^I=\active
-- \gdef\tabexpand{%
-- \catcode`\^^I=\active
-- \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
-- \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab
-- \divide\dimen0 by\tabw
-- \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
-- \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw
-- \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox
-- }%
-- }
-- \catcode`\'=\active
-- \gdef\rquoteexpand{\catcode\rquoteChar=\active \def'{\codequoteright}}%
-- %
-- \catcode`\`=\active
-- \gdef\lquoteexpand{\catcode\lquoteChar=\active \def`{\codequoteleft}}%
-- %
-- \gdef\quoteexpand{\rquoteexpand \lquoteexpand}%
--\endgroup
--
--% start the verbatim environment.
--\def\setupverbatim{%
-- \let\nonarrowing = t%
-- \nonfillstart
-- % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
-- \tt
-- \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}%
-- \catcode`\`=\active
-- \tabexpand
-- \quoteexpand
-- % Respect line breaks,
-- % print special symbols as themselves, and
-- % make each space count
-- % must do in this order:
-- \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
-- \everypar{\starttabbox}%
--}
--
--% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique
--% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a
--% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
--%
--% \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1}
--%
--% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
--\begingroup
-- \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other
-- \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
--\endgroup
--%
--\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
--%
--%
--% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
--% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
--%
--% \def\doverbatim#1 at end verbatim{#1}
--%
--% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX,
--% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
--% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'.
--%
--% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
--%
--\begingroup
-- \catcode`\ =\active
-- \obeylines %
-- % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end
-- % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank
-- % line in the output.
-- \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2 at end verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}%
-- % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but
-- % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble.
--\endgroup
--%
--\envdef\verbatim{%
-- \setupverbatim\doverbatim
--}
--\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak
--
--
--% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
--%
--\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude}
--%
--\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
-- {%
-- \makevalueexpandable
-- \setupverbatim
-- \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names.
-- \input #1
-- \afterenvbreak
-- }%
--}
--
--% @copying ... @end copying.
--% Save the text away for @insertcopying later.
--%
--% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box.
--% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the
--% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done
--% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source
--% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
--% possible is very desirable.
--%
--\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying}
--\def\docopying#1 at end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}}
--%
--\def\insertcopying{%
-- \begingroup
-- \parindent = 0pt % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page
-- \scanexp\copyingtext
-- \endgroup
--}
--
--
--\message{defuns,}
--% @defun etc.
--
--\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
--\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
--\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
--\newcount\defunpenalty
--
--% Start the processing of @deffn:
--\def\startdefun{%
-- \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
-- \medbreak
-- \defunpenalty=10003 % Will keep this @deffn together with the
-- % following @def command, see below.
-- \else
-- % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak,
-- % which is there to keep the function description together with its
-- % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a
-- % break somewhere. Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted
-- % by \printdefunline, instead of 10000, since the sectioning
-- % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow
-- % a break between a section heading and a defun.
-- %
-- % As a minor refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling
-- % with penalty of 10003 after the very first @deffn in the
-- % sequence (see above), and penalty of 10002 after any following
-- % @def command.
-- \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi
-- %
-- % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break.
-- % But do insert the glue.
-- \medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint
-- \fi
-- %
-- \parindent=0in
-- \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
-- \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
--}
--
--\def\dodefunx#1{%
-- % First, check whether we are in the right environment:
-- \checkenv#1%
-- %
-- % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row.
-- % It's not a great place, though.
-- \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi
-- %
-- % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun:
-- \expandafter\gobbledefun#1%
--}
--\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{}
--
--% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text}
--%
--\def\printdefunline#1#2{%
-- \begingroup
-- % call \deffnheader:
-- #1#2 \endheader
-- % common ending:
-- \interlinepenalty = 10000
-- \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
-- \endgraf
-- \nobreak\vskip -\parskip
-- \penalty\defunpenalty % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx
-- % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses,
-- % rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize.
-- \checkparencounts
-- \endgroup
--}
--
--\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak}
--
--% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn;
--% the only thing remaining is to define \deffnheader.
--%
--\def\makedefun#1{%
-- \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun
-- \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun
-- \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}%
-- \temp
--}
--
--% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader
--%
--% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters.
--% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly.
--%
--\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{%
-- \envdef#1{%
-- \startdefun
-- \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}%
-- }%
-- \def#2{\dodefunx#1}%
-- \def#3%
--}
--
--%%% Untyped functions:
--
--% @deffn category name args
--\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}}
--
--% @deffn category class name args
--\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
--
--% \defopon {category on}class name args
--\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
--
--% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args
--%
--\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{%
-- % Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}.
-- \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}%
-- \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}%
--}
--
--%%% Typed functions:
--
--% @deftypefn category type name args
--\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}}
--
--% @deftypeop category class type name args
--\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
--
--% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args
--\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
--
--% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args
--%
--\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
-- \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
-- \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
--}
--
--%%% Typed variables:
--
--% @deftypevr category type var args
--\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}}
--
--% @deftypecv category class type var args
--\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
--
--% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args
--\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
--
--% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args
--%
--\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
-- \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
-- \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
--}
--
--%%% Untyped variables:
--
--% @defvr category var args
--\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} }
--
--% @defcv category class var args
--\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
--
--% \defcvof {category of}class var args
--\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} }
--
--%%% Type:
--% @deftp category name args
--\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{%
-- \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}%
-- \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}%
--}
--
--% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts:
--\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
--\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} }
--\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} }
--\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
--\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
--\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} }
--\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
--\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon}
--\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon}
--\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
--\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
--
--% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args).
--% #1 is the category, such as "Function".
--% #2 is the return type, if any.
--% #3 is the function name.
--%
--% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any.
--%
--\def\defname#1#2#3{%
-- % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def...
-- \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
-- %
-- % How we'll format the type name. Putting it in brackets helps
-- % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line
-- % just below it.
-- \def\temp{#1}%
-- \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi}
-- %
-- % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape.
-- % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero,
-- % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it:
-- \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip
-- % The continuations:
-- \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent
-- % (plain.tex says that \dimen1 should be used only as global.)
-- \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen2
-- %
-- % Put the type name to the right margin.
-- \noindent
-- \hbox to 0pt{%
-- \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize
-- % \hsize has to be shortened this way:
-- \kern\leftskip
-- % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space.
-- }%
-- %
-- % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint:
-- \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
-- \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-- {%
-- % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because:
-- % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle.
-- % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's
-- % common to leave accents off identifiers. The result looks ok in
-- % tt, but exceedingly strange in rm.
-- % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures.
-- % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no
-- % one has made identifiers using them :).
-- \df \tt
-- \def\temp{#2}% return value type
-- \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp} \fi
-- #3% output function name
-- }%
-- {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm
-- %
-- \boldbrax
-- % arguments will be output next, if any.
--}
--
--% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using
--% tt for the name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in
--% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very
--% distinguishable. Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars.
--%
--\def\defunargs#1{%
-- % use sl by default (not ttsl),
-- % tt for the names.
-- \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0
-- %
-- % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we
-- % want a way to get ttsl. Let's try @var for that.
-- \let\var=\ttslanted
-- #1%
-- \sl\hyphenchar\font=45
--}
--
--% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line.
--%
--\def\activeparens{%
-- \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active
-- \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active
-- \catcode`\&=\active
--}
--
--% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
--\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
--
--% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example,
--% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
--% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
--{
-- \activeparens
-- \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
-- \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
-- \global\let& = \&
--
-- \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
-- \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm}
--}
--
--\newcount\parencount
--
--% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
--\newif\ifampseen
--\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\ }}
--
--\def\parenfont{%
-- \ifampseen
-- % At the first level, print parens in roman,
-- % otherwise use the default font.
-- \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi
-- \else
-- % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than
-- % the contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] .
-- \sf
-- \fi
--}
--\def\infirstlevel#1{%
-- \ifampseen
-- \ifnum\parencount=1
-- #1%
-- \fi
-- \fi
--}
--\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf}
--
--\def\opnr{%
-- \global\advance\parencount by 1
-- {\parenfont(}%
-- \infirstlevel \bfafterword
--}
--\def\clnr{%
-- {\parenfont)}%
-- \infirstlevel \sl
-- \global\advance\parencount by -1
--}
--
--\newcount\brackcount
--\def\lbrb{%
-- \global\advance\brackcount by 1
-- {\bf[}%
--}
--\def\rbrb{%
-- {\bf]}%
-- \global\advance\brackcount by -1
--}
--
--\def\checkparencounts{%
-- \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi
-- \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi
--}
--% these should not use \errmessage; the glibc manual, at least, actually
--% has such constructs (when documenting function pointers).
--\def\badparencount{%
-- \message{Warning: unbalanced parentheses in @def...}%
-- \global\parencount=0
--}
--\def\badbrackcount{%
-- \message{Warning: unbalanced square brackets in @def...}%
-- \global\brackcount=0
--}
--
--
--\message{macros,}
--% @macro.
--
--% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
--% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
--\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
-- \newwrite\macscribble
-- \def\scantokens#1{%
-- \toks0={#1}%
-- \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
-- \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
-- \immediate\closeout\macscribble
-- \input \jobname.tmp
-- }
--\fi
--
--\def\scanmacro#1{%
-- \begingroup
-- \newlinechar`\^^M
-- \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
-- % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
-- % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active
-- % backslash to get it printed correctly. Previously, we had
-- % \catcode`\\=\other instead. We'll see whether a problem appears
-- % with macro expansion. --kasal, 19aug04
-- \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@
-- % ... and \example
-- \spaceisspace
-- %
-- % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline.
-- % I've verified that it is necessary both for e-TeX and for ordinary TeX
-- % --kasal, 29nov03
-- \scantokens{#1\endinput}%
-- \endgroup
--}
--
--\def\scanexp#1{%
-- \edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}%
-- \temp
--}
--
--\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters
--\newtoks\macname % Macro name
--\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive?
--
--% List of all defined macros in the form
--% \definedummyword\macro1\definedummyword\macro2...
--% Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split
--% if there is a need.
--\def\macrolist{}
--
--% Add the macro to \macrolist
--\def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname}
--\def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{%
-- \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\definedummyword#1}%
-- \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}%
--}
--
--% Utility routines.
--% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is,
--% \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname
--% (except of course we have to play expansion games).
--%
--\def\cslet#1#2{%
-- \expandafter\let
-- \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname
-- \csname#2\endcsname
--}
--
--% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
--% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
--{\catcode`\@=11
--\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }}
--\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@}
--\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @}
--\def\unbrace#1{#1}
--\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1}
--}
--
--% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string.
--{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3%
--\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}%
--\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}%
--\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}%
--}
--
--% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
--% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
--% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \.
--
--% Non-ASCII encodings make 8-bit characters active, so un-activate
--% them to avoid their expansion. Must do this non-globally, to
--% confine the change to the current group.
--
--% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
--% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
--% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
--
--\def\scanctxt{%
-- \catcode`\"=\other
-- \catcode`\+=\other
-- \catcode`\<=\other
-- \catcode`\>=\other
-- \catcode`\@=\other
-- \catcode`\^=\other
-- \catcode`\_=\other
-- \catcode`\|=\other
-- \catcode`\~=\other
-- \ifx\declaredencoding\ascii \else \setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal\other \fi
--}
--
--\def\scanargctxt{%
-- \scanctxt
-- \catcode`\\=\other
-- \catcode`\^^M=\other
--}
--
--\def\macrobodyctxt{%
-- \scanctxt
-- \catcode`\{=\other
-- \catcode`\}=\other
-- \catcode`\^^M=\other
-- \usembodybackslash
--}
--
--\def\macroargctxt{%
-- \scanctxt
-- \catcode`\\=\other
--}
--
--% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
--% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
--% where N is the macro parameter number.
--% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
--% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash.
--
--{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
-- @gdef at usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash}
-- @gdef at mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1 at endcsname}
--}
--\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash}
--
--\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx}
--\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx}
--
--\def\macroxxx#1{%
-- \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
-- \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments
-- \paramno=0%
-- \else
-- \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
-- \fi
-- \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname
-- \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
-- \else
-- \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax
-- \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi
-- \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
-- \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
-- \addtomacrolist{\the\macname}%
-- \fi
-- \begingroup \macrobodyctxt
-- \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
-- \else \expandafter\parsemacbody
-- \fi}
--
--\parseargdef\unmacro{%
-- \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname
-- \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
-- \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
-- % Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
-- \begingroup
-- \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
-- \let\definedummyword\unmacrodo
-- \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
-- \endgroup
-- \else
-- \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}%
-- \fi
--}
--
--% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any
--% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax.
--%
--\def\unmacrodo#1{%
-- \ifx #1\relax
-- % remove this
-- \else
-- \noexpand\definedummyword \noexpand#1%
-- \fi
--}
--
--% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a
--% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
--% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
--\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
--\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
--\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
--\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
--
--% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist
--% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah
--% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list.
--% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
--
--% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions.
--% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something
--% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine
--% it to # just before using the token list produced.
--%
--% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before
--% the macro is used.
--
--\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
-- \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,}
--\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{%
-- \if#1;\let\next=\relax
-- \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx
-- \advance\paramno by 1%
-- \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname
-- {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}%
-- \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
-- \fi\next}
--
--% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies.
--% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
--
--\long\def\parsemacbody#1 at end macro%
--{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
--\long\def\parsermacbody#1 at end rmacro%
--{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
--
--% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and
--% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments.
--% Much magic with \expandafter here.
--% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
--% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group.
--\def\defmacro{%
-- \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
-- \ifrecursive
-- \ifcase\paramno
-- % 0
-- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
-- \or % 1
-- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
-- \noexpand\braceorline
-- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
-- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
-- \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
-- \else % many
-- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
-- \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
-- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
-- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
-- \expandafter\expandafter
-- \expandafter\xdef
-- \expandafter\expandafter
-- \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
-- \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
-- \fi
-- \else
-- \ifcase\paramno
-- % 0
-- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-- \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
-- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
-- \or % 1
-- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
-- \noexpand\braceorline
-- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
-- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
-- \egroup
-- \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
-- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
-- \else % many
-- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
-- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
-- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
-- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
-- \expandafter\expandafter
-- \expandafter\xdef
-- \expandafter\expandafter
-- \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
-- \paramlist{%
-- \egroup
-- \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
-- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
-- \fi
-- \fi}
--
--\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
--
--% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a
--% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole
--% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence
--% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg)
--\def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
--\def\braceorlinexxx{%
-- \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
-- \expandafter\parsearg
-- \fi \macnamexxx}
--
--
--% @alias.
--% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
--% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
--\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx}
--\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
--\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{%
-- {%
-- \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty
-- \addtomacrolist{#1}%
-- \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}%
-- }%
-- \next
--}
--
--
--\message{cross references,}
--
--\newwrite\auxfile
--\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known.
--\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
--
--% @inforef is relatively simple.
--\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
--\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
-- node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
--
--% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in
--% cross-references. The @node line might or might not have commas, and
--% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like:
--% @node foo , bar , ...
--% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name.
--%
--\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse}
--%
--% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this:
--% @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs
--\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse}
--\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
--
--\let\nwnode=\node
--\let\lastnode=\empty
--
--% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the
--% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing).
--%
--\def\donoderef#1{%
-- \ifx\lastnode\empty\else
-- \setref{\lastnode}{#1}%
-- \global\let\lastnode=\empty
-- \fi
--}
--
--% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point.
--%
--\newcount\savesfregister
--%
--\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
--\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
--\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
--
--% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an
--% anchor), which consists of three parts:
--% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \lastsection,
--% or the anchor name.
--% 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or
--% empty for anchors.
--% 3) NAME-pg - the page number.
--%
--% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat. In the case of
--% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here:
--% 4) NAME-lof - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats.
--%
--\def\setref#1#2{%
-- \pdfmkdest{#1}%
-- \iflinks
-- {%
-- \atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them
-- \edef\writexrdef##1##2{%
-- \write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef
-- ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef
-- }%
-- \toks0 = \expandafter{\lastsection}%
-- \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }%
-- \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc.
-- \safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, during \shipout
-- }%
-- \fi
--}
--
--% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is
--% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
--% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
--% manual. All but the node name can be omitted.
--%
--\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
--\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
--\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
--\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
-- \unsepspaces
-- \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
-- \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}%
-- \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}%
-- \setbox0=\hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}%
-- \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt
-- % No printed node name was explicitly given.
-- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax
-- % Use the node name inside the square brackets.
-- \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
-- \else
-- % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside
-- % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it.
-- \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
-- % It is in another manual, so we don't have it.
-- \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
-- \else
-- \ifhavexrefs
-- % We know the real title if we have the xref values.
-- \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}%
-- \else
-- % Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
-- \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
-- \fi%
-- \fi
-- \fi
-- \fi
-- %
-- % Make link in pdf output.
-- \ifpdf
-- {\indexnofonts
-- \turnoffactive
-- % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _
-- % etc. don't get their TeX definitions.
-- \getfilename{#4}%
-- %
-- % See comments at \activebackslashdouble.
-- {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfxrefdest{#1}%
-- \backslashparens\pdfxrefdest}%
-- %
-- \leavevmode
-- \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
-- \ifnum\filenamelength>0
-- goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfxrefdest}%
-- \else
-- goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfxrefdest}}%
-- \fi
-- }%
-- \setcolor{\linkcolor}%
-- \fi
-- %
-- % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
-- % instead of "[somenode], p.3". We distinguish them by the
-- % LABEL-title being set to a magic string.
-- {%
-- % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to
-- % include an _ in the xref name, etc.
-- \indexnofonts
-- \turnoffactive
-- \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle
-- \csname XR#1-title\endcsname
-- }%
-- \iffloat\Xthisreftitle
-- % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref,
-- % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2".
-- \ifdim\wd0 = 0pt
-- \refx{#1-snt}{}%
-- \else
-- \printedrefname
-- \fi
-- %
-- % if the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append
-- % "in MANUALNAME".
-- \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
-- \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
-- \fi
-- \else
-- % node/anchor (non-float) references.
-- %
-- % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not
-- % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will
-- % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals
-- % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
-- % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
-- % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
-- \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
-- \putwordSection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
-- \else
-- % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
-- % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
-- % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
-- % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
-- % printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
-- {\turnoffactive
-- % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
-- % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
-- \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
-- \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
-- }%
-- % output the `[mynode]' via a macro so it can be overridden.
-- \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname
-- %
-- % But we always want a comma and a space:
-- ,\space
-- %
-- % output the `page 3'.
-- \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
-- \fi
-- \fi
-- \endlink
--\endgroup}
--
--% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref
--% output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily,
--% since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly
--% one that Bob is working on :).
--%
--\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]}
--
--% Things referred to by \setref.
--%
--\def\Ynothing{}
--\def\Yomitfromtoc{}
--\def\Ynumbered{%
-- \ifnum\secno=0
-- \putwordChapter at tie \the\chapno
-- \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
-- \putwordSection at tie \the\chapno.\the\secno
-- \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
-- \putwordSection at tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
-- \else
-- \putwordSection at tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
-- \fi\fi\fi
--}
--\def\Yappendix{%
-- \ifnum\secno=0
-- \putwordAppendix at tie @char\the\appendixno{}%
-- \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
-- \putwordSection at tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno
-- \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
-- \putwordSection at tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
-- \else
-- \putwordSection at tie
-- @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
-- \fi\fi\fi
--}
--
--% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
--% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward.
--%
--\def\refx#1#2{%
-- {%
-- \indexnofonts
-- \otherbackslash
-- \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX
-- \csname XR#1\endcsname
-- }%
-- \ifx\thisrefX\relax
-- % If not defined, say something at least.
-- \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright
-- \iflinks
-- \ifhavexrefs
-- \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}%
-- \else
-- \ifwarnedxrefs\else
-- \global\warnedxrefstrue
-- \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}%
-- \fi
-- \fi
-- \fi
-- \else
-- % It's defined, so just use it.
-- \thisrefX
-- \fi
-- #2% Output the suffix in any case.
--}
--
--% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Usually it's
--% just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid
--% collisions). But if this is a float type, we have more work to do.
--%
--\def\xrdef#1#2{%
-- {% The node name might contain 8-bit characters, which in our current
-- % implementation are changed to commands like @'e. Don't let these
-- % mess up the control sequence name.
-- \indexnofonts
-- \turnoffactive
-- \xdef\safexrefname{#1}%
-- }%
-- %
-- \expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref
-- %
-- % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float?
-- \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname
-- % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype.
-- \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist
-- \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname
-- %
-- % Is this the first time we've seen this float type?
-- \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax
-- \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do
-- \else
-- % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list.
-- \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}%
-- \fi
-- %
-- % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE,
-- % for later use in \listoffloats.
-- \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0
-- {\safexrefname}}%
-- \fi
--}
--
--% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists.
--%
--\def\tryauxfile{%
-- \openin 1 \jobname.aux
-- \ifeof 1 \else
-- \readdatafile{aux}%
-- \global\havexrefstrue
-- \fi
-- \closein 1
--}
--
--\def\setupdatafile{%
-- \catcode`\^^@=\other
-- \catcode`\^^A=\other
-- \catcode`\^^B=\other
-- \catcode`\^^C=\other
-- \catcode`\^^D=\other
-- \catcode`\^^E=\other
-- \catcode`\^^F=\other
-- \catcode`\^^G=\other
-- \catcode`\^^H=\other
-- \catcode`\^^K=\other
-- \catcode`\^^L=\other
-- \catcode`\^^N=\other
-- \catcode`\^^P=\other
-- \catcode`\^^Q=\other
-- \catcode`\^^R=\other
-- \catcode`\^^S=\other
-- \catcode`\^^T=\other
-- \catcode`\^^U=\other
-- \catcode`\^^V=\other
-- \catcode`\^^W=\other
-- \catcode`\^^X=\other
-- \catcode`\^^Z=\other
-- \catcode`\^^[=\other
-- \catcode`\^^\=\other
-- \catcode`\^^]=\other
-- \catcode`\^^^=\other
-- \catcode`\^^_=\other
-- % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc.
-- % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't
-- % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore,
-- % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^
-- % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat
-- % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first
-- % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could
-- % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't.
-- %
-- % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat:
-- % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter
-- % and then to call \auxhat in \setq.
-- %
-- \catcode`\^=\other
-- %
-- % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but...
-- \catcode`\~=\other
-- \catcode`\[=\other
-- \catcode`\]=\other
-- \catcode`\"=\other
-- \catcode`\_=\other
-- \catcode`\|=\other
-- \catcode`\<=\other
-- \catcode`\>=\other
-- \catcode`\$=\other
-- \catcode`\#=\other
-- \catcode`\&=\other
-- \catcode`\%=\other
-- \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
-- %
-- % This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \
-- % characters end up in a \csname. It's easier than
-- % leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \
-- % character. What I don't understand is why it works in the *value*
-- % of the xrdef. Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that
-- % should not typeset properly. But it works, so I'm moving on for
-- % now. --karl, 15jan04.
-- \catcode`\\=\other
-- %
-- % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters.
-- {%
-- \count1=128
-- \def\loop{%
-- \catcode\count1=\other
-- \advance\count1 by 1
-- \ifnum \count1<256 \loop \fi
-- }%
-- }%
-- %
-- % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces.
-- \catcode`\{=1
-- \catcode`\}=2
-- \catcode`\@=0
--}
--
--\def\readdatafile#1{%
--\begingroup
-- \setupdatafile
-- \input\jobname.#1
--\endgroup}
--
--
--\message{insertions,}
--% including footnotes.
--
--\newcount \footnoteno
--
--% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is
--% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a
--% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is
--% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a
--% space to prevent strange expansion errors.)
--\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
--
--% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only.
--\let\footnotestyle=\comment
--
--{\catcode `\@=11
--%
--% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain.
--\gdef\footnote{%
-- \let\indent=\ptexindent
-- \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
-- \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
-- \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
-- %
-- % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the
-- % extra spacing after we do the footnote number.
-- \let\@sf\empty
-- \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi
-- %
-- % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number.
-- \unskip
-- \thisfootno\@sf
-- \dofootnote
--}%
--
--% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the
--% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general.
--%
--% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses
--% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
--% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96.
--%
--\gdef\dofootnote{%
-- \insert\footins\bgroup
-- % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
-- % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
-- % So reset some parameters.
-- \hsize=\pagewidth
-- \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
-- \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
-- \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
-- \floatingpenalty\@MM
-- \leftskip\z at skip
-- \rightskip\z at skip
-- \spaceskip\z at skip
-- \xspaceskip\z at skip
-- \parindent\defaultparindent
-- %
-- \smallfonts \rm
-- %
-- % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears
-- % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use
-- % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote
-- % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style).
-- \let\noindent = \relax
-- %
-- % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the
-- % footnote extends for more than one paragraph.
-- \everypar = {\hang}%
-- \textindent{\thisfootno}%
-- %
-- % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this
-- % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
-- % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
-- \footstrut
-- \futurelet\next\fo at t
--}
--}%end \catcode `\@=11
--
--% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create
--% the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion
--% would be lost.
--% Similarly, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
--% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished.
--% And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03.
--
--% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro.
--% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled
--% out prematurely.
--%
--\def\startsavinginserts{%
-- \ifx \insert\ptexinsert
-- \let\insert\saveinsert
-- \else
-- \let\checkinserts\relax
-- \fi
--}
--
--% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and
--% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}.
--%
--\def\saveinsert#1{%
-- \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}%
-- \afterassignment\next
-- % swallow the left brace
-- \let\temp =
--}
--\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}}
--\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1}
--
--\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi}
--
--\def\placesaveins#1{%
-- \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname
-- {\box#1}%
--}
--
--% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other:
--{
-- \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials % ;-)
-- \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{}
--}
--
--% initialization:
--\def\newsaveins #1{%
-- \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}%
-- \next
--}
--\def\newsaveinsX #1{%
-- \csname newbox\endcsname #1%
-- \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts
-- \checksaveins #1}%
--}
--
--% initialize:
--\let\checkinserts\empty
--\newsaveins\footins
--\newsaveins\margin
--
--
--% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this.
--% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain.
--%
--% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image
--% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get
--% undone and the next image would fail.
--\openin 1 = epsf.tex
--\ifeof 1 \else
-- % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in
-- % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan).
-- \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }%
-- \input epsf.tex
--\fi
--\closein 1
--%
--% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
--\newif\ifwarnednoepsf
--\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to
-- work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get
-- it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.}
--%
--\def\image#1{%
-- \ifx\epsfbox\undefined
-- \ifwarnednoepsf \else
-- \errhelp = \noepsfhelp
-- \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}%
-- \global\warnednoepsftrue
-- \fi
-- \else
-- \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish
-- \fi
--}
--%
--% Arguments to @image:
--% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension.
--% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
--% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text.
--% #5 is (ignored optional) extension.
--% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff.
--\newif\ifimagevmode
--\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup
-- \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example
-- \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names
-- % If the image is by itself, center it.
-- \ifvmode
-- \imagevmodetrue
-- \nobreak\medskip
-- % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
-- % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
-- % above and below.
-- \nobreak\vskip\parskip
-- \nobreak
-- \fi
-- %
-- % Leave vertical mode so that indentation from an enclosing
-- % environment such as @quotation is respected. On the other hand, if
-- % it's at the top level, we don't want the normal paragraph indentation.
-- \noindent
-- %
-- % Output the image.
-- \ifpdf
-- \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
-- \else
-- % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
-- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
-- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
-- \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
-- \fi
-- %
-- \ifimagevmode \medskip \fi % space after the standalone image
--\endgroup}
--
--
--% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables,
--% etc. We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the
--% float "here". But it seemed the best name for the future.
--%
--\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish}
--
--% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it.
--\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,}
--
--% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically
--% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted,
--% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to.
--%
--% #2 is the optional xref label. Also must be present for the float to
--% be referable.
--%
--% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored. It
--% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom).
--%
--% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each
--% chapter-level command.
--\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty
--%
--\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
-- \let\thiscaption=\empty
-- \let\thisshortcaption=\empty
-- %
-- % don't lose footnotes inside @float.
-- %
-- % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an
-- % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04
-- %
-- \startsavinginserts
-- %
-- % We can't be used inside a paragraph.
-- \par
-- %
-- \vtop\bgroup
-- \def\floattype{#1}%
-- \def\floatlabel{#2}%
-- \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet.
-- %
-- \ifx\floattype\empty
-- \let\safefloattype=\empty
-- \else
-- {%
-- % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
-- % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
-- \indexnofonts
-- \turnoffactive
-- \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
-- }%
-- \fi
-- %
-- % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type.
-- \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
-- % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1,
-- % Table 1, Figure 2, ...). (And if no label, no number.)
-- %
-- \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname
-- \global\advance\floatno by 1
-- %
-- {%
-- % This magic value for \lastsection is output by \setref as the
-- % XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float
-- % labels (which have a completely different output format) from
-- % node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the
-- % lists of floats.
-- %
-- \edef\lastsection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}%
-- \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}%
-- }%
-- \fi
-- %
-- % start with \parskip glue, I guess.
-- \vskip\parskip
-- %
-- % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section.
-- \restorefirstparagraphindent
--}
--
--% we have these possibilities:
--% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap
--% @float Foo,lbl & no caption: Foo 1.1
--% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}: Foo: Cap
--% @float Foo & no caption: Foo
--% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}: 1.1: Cap
--% @float ,lbl & no caption: 1.1
--% @float & @caption{Cap}: Cap
--% @float & no caption:
--%
--\def\Efloat{%
-- \let\floatident = \empty
-- %
-- % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first.
-- \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi
-- %
-- % If we have an xref label, the number comes next.
-- \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
-- \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first.
-- \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}%
-- \fi
-- % the number.
-- \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
-- \fi
-- %
-- % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in
-- % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again.
-- \let\captionline = \floatident
-- %
-- \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else
-- \ifx\floatident\empty \else
-- \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between
-- \fi
-- %
-- % caption text.
-- \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}%
-- \fi
-- %
-- % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before.
-- % Eventually this needs to become an \insert.
-- \ifx\captionline\empty \else
-- \vskip.5\parskip
-- \captionline
-- %
-- % Space below caption.
-- \vskip\parskip
-- \fi
-- %
-- % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this
-- % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint.
-- \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
-- % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as
-- % \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short
-- % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing.
-- {%
-- \atdummies
-- %
-- % since we read the caption text in the macro world, where ^^M
-- % is turned into a normal character, we have to scan it back, so
-- % we don't write the literal three characters "^^M" into the aux file.
-- \scanexp{%
-- \xdef\noexpand\gtemp{%
-- \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
-- \thiscaption
-- \else
-- \thisshortcaption
-- \fi
-- }%
-- }%
-- \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident
-- \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}%
-- }%
-- \fi
-- \egroup % end of \vtop
-- %
-- % place the captured inserts
-- %
-- % BEWARE: when the floats start floating, we have to issue warning
-- % whenever an insert appears inside a float which could possibly
-- % float. --kasal, 26may04
-- %
-- \checkinserts
--}
--
--% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either.
--%
--\def\appendtomacro#1#2{%
-- \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}%
--}
--
--% @caption, @shortcaption
--%
--\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption}
--\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption}
--\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption}
--\def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}}
--
--% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are
--% going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno.
--\def\getfloatno#1{%
-- \ifx#1\relax
-- % Haven't seen this figure type before.
-- \csname newcount\endcsname #1%
-- %
-- % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap.
-- \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos
-- \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }%
-- \fi
-- \let\floatno#1%
--}
--
--% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value. We want an @xref
--% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1". We call \setref when we
--% first read the @float command.
--%
--\def\Yfloat{\floattype at tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
--
--% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can
--% distinguish floats from other xref types.
--\def\floatmagic{!!float!!}
--
--% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional
--% which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic
--% \lastsection value which we \setref above.
--%
--\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish}
--%
--% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the
--% (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2.
--%
--\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{%
-- \def\temp{#1}%
-- \def\iffloattype{#2}%
-- \ifx\temp\floatmagic
--}
--
--% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents.
--%
--\parseargdef\listoffloats{%
-- \def\floattype{#1}% floattype
-- {%
-- % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
-- % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
-- \indexnofonts
-- \turnoffactive
-- \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
-- }%
-- %
-- % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE.
-- \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax
-- \ifhavexrefs
-- % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo.
-- \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}%
-- \fi
-- \else
-- \begingroup
-- \leftskip=\tocindent % indent these entries like a toc
-- \let\do=\listoffloatsdo
-- \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname
-- \endgroup
-- \fi
--}
--
--% This is called on each entry in a list of floats. We're passed the
--% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the
--% aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which
--% has the text we're supposed to typeset here.
--%
--% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since
--% they won't appear in the aux file).
--%
--\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish}
--\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{%
-- % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything. Just
-- % pass the control sequence. On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the
-- % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link
-- % in pdf output.
-- \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}%
-- %
-- % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index.
-- \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}%
-- \writeentry
--}}
--
--
--\message{localization,}
--
--% For single-language documents, @documentlanguage is usually given very
--% early, just after @documentencoding. Single argument is the language
--% (de) or locale (de_DE) abbreviation.
--%
--{
-- \catcode`\_ = \active
-- \globaldefs=1
--\parseargdef\documentlanguage{\begingroup
-- \let_=\normalunderscore % normal _ character for filenames
-- \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
-- % Read the file by the name they passed if it exists.
-- \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
-- \ifeof 1
-- \documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore{#1_\finish}%
-- \else
-- \globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist
-- \input txi-#1.tex
-- \fi
-- \closein 1
-- \endgroup % end raw TeX
--\endgroup}
--}
--%
--% If they passed de_DE, and txi-de_DE.tex doesn't exist,
--% try txi-de.tex.
--%
--\def\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore#1_#2\finish{%
-- \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
-- \ifeof 1
-- \errhelp = \nolanghelp
-- \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
-- \else
-- \input txi-#1.tex
-- \fi
-- \closein 1
--}
--%
--\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
--is empty. Maybe you need to install it? Putting it in the current
--directory should work if nowhere else does.}
--
--% This macro is called from txi-??.tex files; the first argument is the
--% \language name to set (without the "\lang@" prefix), the second and
--% third args are \{left,right}hyphenmin.
--%
--% The language names to pass are determined when the format is built.
--% See the etex.log file created at that time, e.g.,
--% /usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c/pdftex/etex.log.
--%
--% With TeX Live 2008, etex now includes hyphenation patterns for all
--% available languages. This means we can support hyphenation in
--% Texinfo, at least to some extent. (This still doesn't solve the
--% accented characters problem.)
--%
--\catcode`@=11
--\def\txisetlanguage#1#2#3{%
-- % do not set the language if the name is undefined in the current TeX.
-- \expandafter\ifx\csname lang@#1\endcsname \relax
-- \message{no patterns for #1}%
-- \else
-- \global\language = \csname lang@#1\endcsname
-- \fi
-- % but there is no harm in adjusting the hyphenmin values regardless.
-- \global\lefthyphenmin = #2\relax
-- \global\righthyphenmin = #3\relax
--}
--
--% Helpers for encodings.
--% Set the catcode of characters 128 through 255 to the specified number.
--%
--\def\setnonasciicharscatcode#1{%
-- \count255=128
-- \loop\ifnum\count255<256
-- \global\catcode\count255=#1\relax
-- \advance\count255 by 1
-- \repeat
--}
--
--\def\setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal#1{%
-- \count255=128
-- \loop\ifnum\count255<256
-- \catcode\count255=#1\relax
-- \advance\count255 by 1
-- \repeat
--}
--
--% @documentencoding sets the definition of non-ASCII characters
--% according to the specified encoding.
--%
--\parseargdef\documentencoding{%
-- % Encoding being declared for the document.
-- \def\declaredencoding{\csname #1.enc\endcsname}%
-- %
-- % Supported encodings: names converted to tokens in order to be able
-- % to compare them with \ifx.
-- \def\ascii{\csname US-ASCII.enc\endcsname}%
-- \def\latnine{\csname ISO-8859-15.enc\endcsname}%
-- \def\latone{\csname ISO-8859-1.enc\endcsname}%
-- \def\lattwo{\csname ISO-8859-2.enc\endcsname}%
-- \def\utfeight{\csname UTF-8.enc\endcsname}%
-- %
-- \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii
-- \asciichardefs
-- %
-- \else \ifx \declaredencoding \lattwo
-- \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
-- \lattwochardefs
-- %
-- \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
-- \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
-- \latonechardefs
-- %
-- \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latnine
-- \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
-- \latninechardefs
-- %
-- \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
-- \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
-- \utfeightchardefs
-- %
-- \else
-- \message{Unknown document encoding #1, ignoring.}%
-- %
-- \fi % utfeight
-- \fi % latnine
-- \fi % latone
-- \fi % lattwo
-- \fi % ascii
--}
--
--% A message to be logged when using a character that isn't available
--% the default font encoding (OT1).
--%
--\def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing in OT1 encoding: #1.}}
--
--% Take account of \c (plain) vs. \, (Texinfo) difference.
--\def\cedilla#1{\ifx\c\ptexc\c{#1}\else\,{#1}\fi}
--
--% First, make active non-ASCII characters in order for them to be
--% correctly categorized when TeX reads the replacement text of
--% macros containing the character definitions.
--\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
--%
--% Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions.
--\def\latonechardefs{%
-- \gdef^^a0{~}
-- \gdef^^a1{\exclamdown}
-- \gdef^^a2{\missingcharmsg{CENT SIGN}}
-- \gdef^^a3{{\pounds}}
-- \gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
-- \gdef^^a5{\missingcharmsg{YEN SIGN}}
-- \gdef^^a6{\missingcharmsg{BROKEN BAR}}
-- \gdef^^a7{\S}
-- \gdef^^a8{\"{}}
-- \gdef^^a9{\copyright}
-- \gdef^^aa{\ordf}
-- \gdef^^ab{\missingcharmsg{LEFT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTATION MARK}}
-- \gdef^^ac{$\lnot$}
-- \gdef^^ad{\-}
-- \gdef^^ae{\registeredsymbol}
-- \gdef^^af{\={}}
-- %
-- \gdef^^b0{\textdegree}
-- \gdef^^b1{$\pm$}
-- \gdef^^b2{$^2$}
-- \gdef^^b3{$^3$}
-- \gdef^^b4{\'{}}
-- \gdef^^b5{$\mu$}
-- \gdef^^b6{\P}
-- %
-- \gdef^^b7{$^.$}
-- \gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ }
-- \gdef^^b9{$^1$}
-- \gdef^^ba{\ordm}
-- %
-- \gdef^^bb{\missingcharmsg{RIGHT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTATION MARK}}
-- \gdef^^bc{$1\over4$}
-- \gdef^^bd{$1\over2$}
-- \gdef^^be{$3\over4$}
-- \gdef^^bf{\questiondown}
-- %
-- \gdef^^c0{\`A}
-- \gdef^^c1{\'A}
-- \gdef^^c2{\^A}
-- \gdef^^c3{\~A}
-- \gdef^^c4{\"A}
-- \gdef^^c5{\ringaccent A}
-- \gdef^^c6{\AE}
-- \gdef^^c7{\cedilla C}
-- \gdef^^c8{\`E}
-- \gdef^^c9{\'E}
-- \gdef^^ca{\^E}
-- \gdef^^cb{\"E}
-- \gdef^^cc{\`I}
-- \gdef^^cd{\'I}
-- \gdef^^ce{\^I}
-- \gdef^^cf{\"I}
-- %
-- \gdef^^d0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER ETH}}
-- \gdef^^d1{\~N}
-- \gdef^^d2{\`O}
-- \gdef^^d3{\'O}
-- \gdef^^d4{\^O}
-- \gdef^^d5{\~O}
-- \gdef^^d6{\"O}
-- \gdef^^d7{$\times$}
-- \gdef^^d8{\O}
-- \gdef^^d9{\`U}
-- \gdef^^da{\'U}
-- \gdef^^db{\^U}
-- \gdef^^dc{\"U}
-- \gdef^^dd{\'Y}
-- \gdef^^de{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER THORN}}
-- \gdef^^df{\ss}
-- %
-- \gdef^^e0{\`a}
-- \gdef^^e1{\'a}
-- \gdef^^e2{\^a}
-- \gdef^^e3{\~a}
-- \gdef^^e4{\"a}
-- \gdef^^e5{\ringaccent a}
-- \gdef^^e6{\ae}
-- \gdef^^e7{\cedilla c}
-- \gdef^^e8{\`e}
-- \gdef^^e9{\'e}
-- \gdef^^ea{\^e}
-- \gdef^^eb{\"e}
-- \gdef^^ec{\`{\dotless i}}
-- \gdef^^ed{\'{\dotless i}}
-- \gdef^^ee{\^{\dotless i}}
-- \gdef^^ef{\"{\dotless i}}
-- %
-- \gdef^^f0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER ETH}}
-- \gdef^^f1{\~n}
-- \gdef^^f2{\`o}
-- \gdef^^f3{\'o}
-- \gdef^^f4{\^o}
-- \gdef^^f5{\~o}
-- \gdef^^f6{\"o}
-- \gdef^^f7{$\div$}
-- \gdef^^f8{\o}
-- \gdef^^f9{\`u}
-- \gdef^^fa{\'u}
-- \gdef^^fb{\^u}
-- \gdef^^fc{\"u}
-- \gdef^^fd{\'y}
-- \gdef^^fe{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER THORN}}
-- \gdef^^ff{\"y}
--}
--
--% Latin9 (ISO-8859-15) encoding character definitions.
--\def\latninechardefs{%
-- % Encoding is almost identical to Latin1.
-- \latonechardefs
-- %
-- \gdef^^a4{\euro}
-- \gdef^^a6{\v S}
-- \gdef^^a8{\v s}
-- \gdef^^b4{\v Z}
-- \gdef^^b8{\v z}
-- \gdef^^bc{\OE}
-- \gdef^^bd{\oe}
-- \gdef^^be{\"Y}
--}
--
--% Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions.
--\def\lattwochardefs{%
-- \gdef^^a0{~}
-- \gdef^^a1{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH OGONEK}}
-- \gdef^^a2{\u{}}
-- \gdef^^a3{\L}
-- \gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
-- \gdef^^a5{\v L}
-- \gdef^^a6{\'S}
-- \gdef^^a7{\S}
-- \gdef^^a8{\"{}}
-- \gdef^^a9{\v S}
-- \gdef^^aa{\cedilla S}
-- \gdef^^ab{\v T}
-- \gdef^^ac{\'Z}
-- \gdef^^ad{\-}
-- \gdef^^ae{\v Z}
-- \gdef^^af{\dotaccent Z}
-- %
-- \gdef^^b0{\textdegree}
-- \gdef^^b1{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH OGONEK}}
-- \gdef^^b2{\missingcharmsg{OGONEK}}
-- \gdef^^b3{\l}
-- \gdef^^b4{\'{}}
-- \gdef^^b5{\v l}
-- \gdef^^b6{\'s}
-- \gdef^^b7{\v{}}
-- \gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ }
-- \gdef^^b9{\v s}
-- \gdef^^ba{\cedilla s}
-- \gdef^^bb{\v t}
-- \gdef^^bc{\'z}
-- \gdef^^bd{\H{}}
-- \gdef^^be{\v z}
-- \gdef^^bf{\dotaccent z}
-- %
-- \gdef^^c0{\'R}
-- \gdef^^c1{\'A}
-- \gdef^^c2{\^A}
-- \gdef^^c3{\u A}
-- \gdef^^c4{\"A}
-- \gdef^^c5{\'L}
-- \gdef^^c6{\'C}
-- \gdef^^c7{\cedilla C}
-- \gdef^^c8{\v C}
-- \gdef^^c9{\'E}
-- \gdef^^ca{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH OGONEK}}
-- \gdef^^cb{\"E}
-- \gdef^^cc{\v E}
-- \gdef^^cd{\'I}
-- \gdef^^ce{\^I}
-- \gdef^^cf{\v D}
-- %
-- \gdef^^d0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D WITH STROKE}}
-- \gdef^^d1{\'N}
-- \gdef^^d2{\v N}
-- \gdef^^d3{\'O}
-- \gdef^^d4{\^O}
-- \gdef^^d5{\H O}
-- \gdef^^d6{\"O}
-- \gdef^^d7{$\times$}
-- \gdef^^d8{\v R}
-- \gdef^^d9{\ringaccent U}
-- \gdef^^da{\'U}
-- \gdef^^db{\H U}
-- \gdef^^dc{\"U}
-- \gdef^^dd{\'Y}
-- \gdef^^de{\cedilla T}
-- \gdef^^df{\ss}
-- %
-- \gdef^^e0{\'r}
-- \gdef^^e1{\'a}
-- \gdef^^e2{\^a}
-- \gdef^^e3{\u a}
-- \gdef^^e4{\"a}
-- \gdef^^e5{\'l}
-- \gdef^^e6{\'c}
-- \gdef^^e7{\cedilla c}
-- \gdef^^e8{\v c}
-- \gdef^^e9{\'e}
-- \gdef^^ea{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH OGONEK}}
-- \gdef^^eb{\"e}
-- \gdef^^ec{\v e}
-- \gdef^^ed{\'\i}
-- \gdef^^ee{\^\i}
-- \gdef^^ef{\v d}
-- %
-- \gdef^^f0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER D WITH STROKE}}
-- \gdef^^f1{\'n}
-- \gdef^^f2{\v n}
-- \gdef^^f3{\'o}
-- \gdef^^f4{\^o}
-- \gdef^^f5{\H o}
-- \gdef^^f6{\"o}
-- \gdef^^f7{$\div$}
-- \gdef^^f8{\v r}
-- \gdef^^f9{\ringaccent u}
-- \gdef^^fa{\'u}
-- \gdef^^fb{\H u}
-- \gdef^^fc{\"u}
-- \gdef^^fd{\'y}
-- \gdef^^fe{\cedilla t}
-- \gdef^^ff{\dotaccent{}}
--}
--
--% UTF-8 character definitions.
--%
--% This code to support UTF-8 is based on LaTeX's utf8.def, with some
--% changes for Texinfo conventions. It is included here under the GPL by
--% permission from Frank Mittelbach and the LaTeX team.
--%
--\newcount\countUTFx
--\newcount\countUTFy
--\newcount\countUTFz
--
--\gdef\UTFviiiTwoOctets#1#2{\expandafter
-- \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname}
--%
--\gdef\UTFviiiThreeOctets#1#2#3{\expandafter
-- \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname}
--%
--\gdef\UTFviiiFourOctets#1#2#3#4{\expandafter
-- \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname}
--
--\gdef\UTFviiiDefined#1{%
-- \ifx #1\relax
-- \message{\linenumber Unicode char \string #1 not defined for Texinfo}%
-- \else
-- \expandafter #1%
-- \fi
--}
--
--\begingroup
-- \catcode`\~13
-- \catcode`\"12
--
-- \def\UTFviiiLoop{%
-- \global\catcode\countUTFx\active
-- \uccode`\~\countUTFx
-- \uppercase\expandafter{\UTFviiiTmp}%
-- \advance\countUTFx by 1
-- \ifnum\countUTFx < \countUTFy
-- \expandafter\UTFviiiLoop
-- \fi}
--
-- \countUTFx = "C2
-- \countUTFy = "E0
-- \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
-- \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiTwoOctets\string~}}
-- \UTFviiiLoop
--
-- \countUTFx = "E0
-- \countUTFy = "F0
-- \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
-- \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiThreeOctets\string~}}
-- \UTFviiiLoop
--
-- \countUTFx = "F0
-- \countUTFy = "F4
-- \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
-- \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiFourOctets\string~}}
-- \UTFviiiLoop
--\endgroup
--
--\begingroup
-- \catcode`\"=12
-- \catcode`\<=12
-- \catcode`\.=12
-- \catcode`\,=12
-- \catcode`\;=12
-- \catcode`\!=12
-- \catcode`\~=13
--
-- \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacter#1#2{%
-- \countUTFz = "#1\relax
-- \wlog{\space\space defining Unicode char U+#1 (decimal \the\countUTFz)}%
-- \begingroup
-- \parseXMLCharref
-- \def\UTFviiiTwoOctets##1##2{%
-- \csname u8:##1\string ##2\endcsname}%
-- \def\UTFviiiThreeOctets##1##2##3{%
-- \csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\endcsname}%
-- \def\UTFviiiFourOctets##1##2##3##4{%
-- \csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\string ##4\endcsname}%
-- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
-- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
-- \gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2}%
-- \endgroup}
--
-- \gdef\parseXMLCharref{%
-- \ifnum\countUTFz < "A0\relax
-- \errhelp = \EMsimple
-- \errmessage{Cannot define Unicode char value < 00A0}%
-- \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "800\relax
-- \parseUTFviiiA,%
-- \parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctets.,%
-- \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "10000\relax
-- \parseUTFviiiA;%
-- \parseUTFviiiA,%
-- \parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctets.{,;}%
-- \else
-- \parseUTFviiiA;%
-- \parseUTFviiiA,%
-- \parseUTFviiiA!%
-- \parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctets.{!,;}%
-- \fi\fi\fi
-- }
--
-- \gdef\parseUTFviiiA#1{%
-- \countUTFx = \countUTFz
-- \divide\countUTFz by 64
-- \countUTFy = \countUTFz
-- \multiply\countUTFz by 64
-- \advance\countUTFx by -\countUTFz
-- \advance\countUTFx by 128
-- \uccode `#1\countUTFx
-- \countUTFz = \countUTFy}
--
-- \gdef\parseUTFviiiB#1#2#3#4{%
-- \advance\countUTFz by "#10\relax
-- \uccode `#3\countUTFz
-- \uppercase{\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2#3#4}}}
--\endgroup
--
--\def\utfeightchardefs{%
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{t}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{T}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result}
--
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\point}
-- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv}
--}% end of \utfeightchardefs
--
--
--% US-ASCII character definitions.
--\def\asciichardefs{% nothing need be done
-- \relax
--}
--
--% Make non-ASCII characters printable again for compatibility with
--% existing Texinfo documents that may use them, even without declaring a
--% document encoding.
--%
--\setnonasciicharscatcode \other
--
--
--\message{formatting,}
--
--\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
--
--\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
--\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
--\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
--
--% Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
--\vbadness = 10000
--
--% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
--\hbadness = 2000
--
--% Following George Bush, get rid of widows and orphans.
--\widowpenalty=10000
--\clubpenalty=10000
--
--% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
--% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of
--% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on
--% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set.
--%
--\def\setemergencystretch{%
-- \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
-- % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
-- \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
-- \else
-- \emergencystretch = .15\hsize
-- \fi
--}
--
--% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth;
--% 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip;
--% 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width.
--%
--% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define
--% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip.
--%
--\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
-- \voffset = #3\relax
-- \topskip = #6\relax
-- \splittopskip = \topskip
-- %
-- \vsize = #1\relax
-- \advance\vsize by \topskip
-- \outervsize = \vsize
-- \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin
-- \pageheight = \vsize
-- %
-- \hsize = #2\relax
-- \outerhsize = \hsize
-- \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
-- \pagewidth = \hsize
-- %
-- \normaloffset = #4\relax
-- \bindingoffset = #5\relax
-- %
-- \ifpdf
-- \pdfpageheight #7\relax
-- \pdfpagewidth #8\relax
-- % if we don't reset these, they will remain at "1 true in" of
-- % whatever layout pdftex was dumped with.
-- \pdfhorigin = 1 true in
-- \pdfvorigin = 1 true in
-- \fi
-- %
-- \setleading{\textleading}
-- %
-- \parindent = \defaultparindent
-- \setemergencystretch
--}
--
--% @letterpaper (the default).
--\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
-- \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-- \textleading = 13.2pt
-- %
-- % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
-- \internalpagesizes{607.2pt}{6in}% that's 46 lines
-- {\voffset}{.25in}%
-- {\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
-- {11in}{8.5in}%
--}}
--
--% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size.
--\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
-- \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
-- \textleading = 12pt
-- %
-- \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}%
-- {-.2in}{0in}%
-- {\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
-- {9.25in}{7in}%
-- %
-- \lispnarrowing = 0.3in
-- \tolerance = 700
-- \hfuzz = 1pt
-- \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
-- \defbodyindent = .5cm
--}}
--
--% Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size.
--% (Just testing, parameters still in flux.)
--\def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1
-- \parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt
-- \textleading = 12pt
-- %
-- \internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}%
-- {-.2in}{-.4in}%
-- {0pt}{14pt}%
-- {9in}{6in}%
-- %
-- \lispnarrowing = 0.25in
-- \tolerance = 700
-- \hfuzz = 1pt
-- \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
-- \defbodyindent = .4cm
--}}
--
--% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
--\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
-- \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-- \textleading = 13.2pt
-- %
-- % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050
-- % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm.
-- % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust
-- % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then
-- % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in
-- % your texinfo source file like this:
-- % @tex
-- % \global\normaloffset = -6mm
-- % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm
-- % @end tex
-- \internalpagesizes{673.2pt}{160mm}% that's 51 lines
-- {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
-- {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
-- {297mm}{210mm}%
-- %
-- \tolerance = 700
-- \hfuzz = 1pt
-- \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
-- \defbodyindent = 5mm
--}}
--
--% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper.
--% From romildo at urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000.
--% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small.
--\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1
-- \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt
-- \textleading = 12.5pt
-- %
-- \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}%
-- {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
-- {\bindingoffset}{8pt}%
-- {210mm}{148mm}%
-- %
-- \lispnarrowing = 0.2in
-- \tolerance = 800
-- \hfuzz = 1.2pt
-- \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
-- \defbodyindent = 2mm
-- \tableindent = 12mm
--}}
--
--% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper.
--\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1
-- \afourpaper
-- \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}%
-- {\voffset}{4.6mm}%
-- {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
-- {297mm}{210mm}%
-- %
-- % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper.
-- \globaldefs = 0
--}}
--
--% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format.
--\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1
-- \afourpaper
-- \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}%
-- {\voffset}{-2.95mm}%
-- {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
-- {297mm}{210mm}%
-- \globaldefs = 0
--}}
--
--% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH]
--% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
--% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
--%
--\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
--\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
-- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi
-- \globaldefs = 1
-- %
-- \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-- \setleading{\textleading}%
-- %
-- \dimen0 = #1\relax
-- \advance\dimen0 by \voffset
-- %
-- \dimen2 = \hsize
-- \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset
-- %
-- \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}%
-- {\voffset}{\normaloffset}%
-- {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
-- {\dimen0}{\dimen2}%
--}}
--
--% Set default to letter.
--%
--\letterpaper
--
--
--\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
--
--% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
--\catcode`\"=\other
--\catcode`\~=\other
--\catcode`\^=\other
--\catcode`\_=\other
--\catcode`\|=\other
--\catcode`\<=\other
--\catcode`\>=\other
--\catcode`\+=\other
--\catcode`\$=\other
--\def\normaldoublequote{"}
--\def\normaltilde{~}
--\def\normalcaret{^}
--\def\normalunderscore{_}
--\def\normalverticalbar{|}
--\def\normalless{<}
--\def\normalgreater{>}
--\def\normalplus{+}
--\def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix
--
--% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt
--% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts,
--% where something hairier probably needs to be done.
--%
--% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print
--% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero
--% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all
--% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter.
--%
--\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
--
--% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches
--% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from
--% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway
--% this is not a problem.
--\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi}
--
--% Turn off all special characters except @
--% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary).
--% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
--% use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
--
--\catcode`\"=\active
--\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}}
--\let"=\activedoublequote
--\catcode`\~=\active
--\def~{{\tt\char126}}
--\chardef\hat=`\^
--\catcode`\^=\active
--\def^{{\tt \hat}}
--
--\catcode`\_=\active
--\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
--\let\realunder=_
--% Subroutine for the previous macro.
--\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
--
--\catcode`\|=\active
--\def|{{\tt\char124}}
--\chardef \less=`\<
--\catcode`\<=\active
--\def<{{\tt \less}}
--\chardef \gtr=`\>
--\catcode`\>=\active
--\def>{{\tt \gtr}}
--\catcode`\+=\active
--\def+{{\tt \char 43}}
--\catcode`\$=\active
--\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
--
--% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
--% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
--% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on.
--% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file.
--\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other}
--
--% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after
--% parsing them.
--\def\turnoffactive{%
-- \normalturnoffactive
-- \otherbackslash
--}
--
--\catcode`\@=0
--
--% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font,
--% as in \char`\\.
--\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\
--\global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont % let existing .??s files work
--
--% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other, and
--% \doublebackslash is two of them (for the pdf outlines).
--{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef at realbackslash{\} @gdef at doublebackslash{\\}}
--
--% In texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash
--% in fixed width font.
--\catcode`\\=\active
-- at def@normalbackslash{{@tt at backslashcurfont}}
--% On startup, @fixbackslash assigns:
--% @let \ = @normalbackslash
--
--% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont.
--% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
--% catcode other.
-- at gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont}
-- at gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
--
--% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
--% the literal character `\'.
--%
-- at def@normalturnoffactive{%
-- @let\=@normalbackslash
-- @let"=@normaldoublequote
-- @let~=@normaltilde
-- @let^=@normalcaret
-- @let_=@normalunderscore
-- @let|=@normalverticalbar
-- @let<=@normalless
-- @let>=@normalgreater
-- @let+=@normalplus
-- @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
-- @unsepspaces
--}
--
--% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
--% This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
-- at otherifyactive
--
--% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
--% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing
--% a backslash.
--%
-- at gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash}
-- at global@let\ = @eatinput
--
--% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then
--% the first `\' in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
--% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur.
--% Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input
--% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
--%
-- at gdef@fixbackslash{%
-- @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
-- @catcode`+=@active
-- @catcode`@_=@active
--}
--
--% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
-- at escapechar = `@@
--
--% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
-- at catcode`@& = @other
-- at catcode`@# = @other
-- at catcode`@% = @other
--
--
-- at c Local variables:
-- at c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-- at c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
-- at c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
-- at c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-- at c time-stamp-end: "}"
-- at c End:
--
-- at c vim:sw=2:
--
-- at ignore
-- arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115
-- at end ignore
diff --git a/debian/patches/series b/debian/patches/series
index 7d968d9..be126d2 100644
--- a/debian/patches/series
+++ b/debian/patches/series
@@ -7,4 +7,4 @@ mkoctfile-mpi.diff
always-build-octave-jar.patch
hdf5-flags.patch
hdf5-mkoctfile.patch
-dont-use-included-texinfo-texmfcnf.patch
+
--
Alioth's /home/groups/pkg-octave/bin/git-commit-notice on /srv/git.debian.org/git/pkg-octave/octave.git
More information about the Pkg-octave-commit
mailing list